Quarterlytics / McKay Securities

McKay Securities

mcks · LSE
Claim this profile
Ticker mcks
Exchange LSE
Sector
Industry
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · McKay Securities
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report  
and Financial  
Statements
2021

Environment
Low carbon, resource efficient  
and healthy buildings.
See more on  
Pages 36 to 39
Social
A customer-focused and flexible landlord.
See more on  
Pages 40 and 41
Governance
A progressive and transparent business.
See more on  
Pages 42 to 44
A focus on sustainability is embedded across our 
operations and integrated into our strategy. 
How we are working towards our
ESG commitments
McKay is a specialist in the development, 
refurbishment and management of office,  
industrial and logistics property in the South 
East and London – ideally positioned 
to deliver quality, innovation and growth.
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
2

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
3
Download the 2021 McKay Annual Report 
mckaysecurities.plc.uk
Contents
Strategic Report
3	
Financial Highlights
4	
Who we are
5	
Property Portfolio
6	
Chair’s Statement
8	
Timeline
10	 Chief Executive’s Review
12	
Strategic Framework
14	
Strategy in Action
16	
Business Model
18	
Section 172 Statement
20	 Our Stakeholders
22	 Property and Financial Review
30	 KPIs
32	 Five-year Summary
33	 EPRA Metrics and Update
34	 Sustainability Review
45	 Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties
50	 Viability Statement
51	
Going Concern Statement
Governance Report
54	 Chair’s Letter
56	 Board of Directors
58	 Corporate Governance Report
62	 Nomination Committee Report
65	 Audit and Risk Committee 
Report
68	 Directors’ Remuneration Report
86	 Directors’ Report
88	 Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities
89	 Independent Auditor’s Report
Financial Statements
98	 Financial Statements
129	 Glossary
131	 Company and Shareholder 
Information
Financial Highlights 
Profits and earnings
Loss before tax (IFRS) 
£16.58m
1
(2020: £9.49 million profit)
IFRS loss per share 
17.5p
2
(2020: profit per share 8.6p)
Adjusted profit before tax
£9.96m
1
(2020: £9.73 million)
EPRA earnings per share 
10.2p
2
(2020: 10.6p)
Shareholders’ funds
£289.90m
(2020: £309.17 million)
EPRA NTA per share 
309p
4
(2020: 329 pence)
Net asset value per share (IFRS)
309p
4
(2020: 328 pence)
Proposed final dividend per share
5.5p – up 25.0%
(2020: 4.4 pence), making the total dividend per share for the year  
8.3 pence (2020: 7.2 pence)
Total property return
Debt to portfolio value
0.5%
5
(2020: 4.7%)
32.4%
5
(2020: 37.6%)
Portfolio valuation
£437.90m
3
(2020: £510.00 million)
Deficit
£21.58m
3
(2020: surplus £0.11 million/0.0%)
 
(4.7)%
1.	 See note 4 in financial statements.
2.	 See note 8 in financial statements.
3.	 See note 10  in financial statements.
4.	 See note 21 in financial statements.
5.	 See note 4 in financial statements for 
APM detail and pages 30 to 31 for KPIs.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
4
Who We Are
  See more on pages 12 and 13
Our Purpose
To deliver outstanding services 
as a customer-focused and 
flexible landlord with occupiers 
at the heart of everything we do.
Our Vision
To build upon our reputation and 
status as the leading property 
specialist for occupiers and 
investors, focused entirely on the 
South East and London – and 
build a business based on markets 
that we know and understand.
Our Values
Our values guide our every day ways of working,  
help us make the right decisions and manage our 
business. They give us identity, direction and unity. 
They help us focus on what’s important and to do  
the right thing. Importantly, our values let you know 
who you are doing business with. 
We treat each other with genuine respect 
•	 behaving towards others as we would have  
them behave towards us 
•	 listening, understanding and empathising 
•	 caring for our community and the environment. 
We build our success on strong collaboration 
•	 sharing expertise openly and generously 
•	 supporting and challenging each other  
to deliver ever more creative solutions 
•	 forging long-term, trusted relationships. 
We act at all times with complete integrity 
•	 making the right choices, doing the right thing
•	 demonstrating fairness, loyalty, consistency  
and transparency 
•	 taking ownership and being accountable. 
We work with a sharp professional focus 
•	 putting delivery and outstanding service first 
•	 getting the details right, with a pragmatic  
and highly commercial mindset 
•	 letting our energy and passion shine through.
Our Mission
To develop, refurbish and manage 
low-carbon, resource-efficient 
and healthy commercial property; 
working in partnership with 
occupiers to deliver quality, 
innovation and growth. 
We provide the very best 
environment for our customers  
to thrive and businesses to grow. 
We deliver sustainable returns  
by operating an effective and 
established business model in a 
progressive and transparent way.
Our strategic priorities for 2021 help us to achieve our 
purpose and create sustainable value for our stakeholders. 
01.
Continued 
operational 
efficiency 
through 
Covid-19
02.
Positioning  
for growth
03.
Continued 
delivery of  
our ESG 
commitments

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
5
33
Properties
£437.90m
Portfolio value
1.49m sq ft
Internally managed
  See more on page 22
Portfolio (31 March 2021)
As the only REIT specialising in the office, industrial and logistics markets of 
the South East and London, McKay offers a unique proposition for investors.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
6
Chair’s 
Statement
Overview
What an extraordinary year we have lived 
through! McKay has navigated this challenging 
environment well and so I am pleased to be 
able to report on a positive set of results which 
reflect a strong operational performance and 
the achievement of significant milestones 
following the sale of 30 Lombard Street, EC3 
and the letting of 135 Theale Logistics Park, 
both on excellent terms. 
Our strategic focus on the office, industrial 
and logistics sectors of the South East and 
London, the most economically resilient 
regions in the country, and a lack of exposure 
to the retail and hospitality sectors, has 
insulated us from the worst impact of the 
Covid-19 pandemic. Our industrial and logistics 
assets have performed well, benefitting from 
both our in-house management initiatives 
and the increase in on-line retail activity, with 
higher occupational demand driving rental 
and capital growth. The office market has 
been more challenging, and many of our 
buildings have not been occupied by their 
tenants for over a year due to the Government’s 
‘work from home’ policy. This has contributed 
to a reduction in office values, and held back 
our ability to maintain business growth.
The increase in working from home during 
the pandemic has generated much debate 
over future demand for the office, which is 
clearly of key importance to us with a 66.6% 
portfolio weighting to the sector. Working 
practices will continue to evolve, and whilst 
there will inevitably be change, we remain 
confident that the office market will recover 
as the country is released from lockdown. 
Our South East office assets are well placed 
to meet this evolving demand, strategically 
positioned to offer high quality, flexible 
business space with good environmental 
credentials in well established regional centres.
During the year under review, the three 
strategic priorities that we have been 
focused on in view of the Covid-19 trading 
environment were:
•	 Continued operational efficiency
•	 Positioning for growth post Covid-19
•	 Continued delivery of our ESG 
commitments
Continued operational efficiency
With the country in lockdown and at a 
standstill at the beginning of the financial 
year, our team responded quickly and 
effectively to maintain operational efficiency 
and to protect the profitability of the business. 
This was achieved without government aid 
and without the need to furlough any of our 
employees. The relationships built up over 
many years with our occupiers as a result 
of our in-house management model helped 
during this challenging period, enabling us 
to collect 96.0% of contracted rent for the 
financial year (with a further 2.0% due under 
agreed payment plans), and to maintain a 
high 74.3% occupier retention rate at lease 
break and expiry, which compares to 80.0% 
retention in 2020.
This activity, combined with the benefit 
of income from recent acquisitions and 
developments, contributed to stable net 
rental income for the year of £21.63 million 
(31 March 2020: £21.98 million) and a 2.4% 
increase in adjusted profit before tax to 
£9.96 million (31 March 2020: £9.73 million).
The independent valuation of the portfolio at 
the end of the period totalled £437.90 million 
(31 March 2020: £510.00 million). After 
taking into account capital expenditure, 
disposals and acquisitions, this reflects 
a 4.7% valuation deficit for the year of 
£21.58 million (31 March 2020: £0.11 million 
surplus), with the pace of decline slowing in 
H2 following a 3.4% deficit recorded in the 
first half. The deficit for the year, which is 
covered in more detail in the Property and 
Finance Review, was mainly due to the 
reduction in the valuation of our office assets. 
This was partially offset by a positive 
performance from our industrial and logistics 
assets, which now account for £122.4 million 
(28.0%) of the portfolio (31 March 2020: 18.1%).
Our weighting to the industrial and logistics 
sector has increased following the 
acquisition of Willoughby Logistics Park, 
Bracknell and a strong performance on 
completion of development and the letting 
at 135 Theale Logistics Park, Reading. The 
timing of this scheme has proved excellent, 
and we secured a letting of the whole asset 
to Amazon on a ten year term shortly after 
practical completion, at a rent of £1.51 million 
pa. The quality of the scheme and the letting 
terms achieved resulted in a 42.7% (£10.88 
million) valuation surplus for the period, and 
a 49.5% profit on cost for the scheme. 
Inclusion of the unrealised valuation 
movement is primarily responsible for 
the IFRS loss before tax of £16.58 million 
(31 March 2020: £9.49 million profit), and 
the 6.1% reduction in EPRA net tangible 
asset value per share (“EPRA NTA”) to 
309 pence (31 March 2020: 329 pence). 
IFRS NAV per share reduced by 5.8% to 
309 pence (31 March 2020: 328 pence).
Growth prospects post pandemic
We began the year with cash and undrawn 
facilities of £53.25 million providing us with 
the headroom for acquisitions, or other value 
enhancing opportunities. The sale of 30 
Lombard Street, EC3 which completed in 
September 2020, achieved an excellent 
headline price of £76.50 million, reflecting 
an initial yield of 4.2%. This sale significantly 
strengthened the balance sheet at the end 
of the year with reduced loan to value (“LTV”) 
of 32.4% (31 March 2020: 37.6%) and 
increased cash and undrawn facilities 
for opportunities to £103.25 million. 
After such an extraordinary year,  
I am pleased to be able to report on 
a positive set of results for McKay... 

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
7
I would like to thank my Board colleagues 
for their support, particularly through the 
early stages of the pandemic when we held 
weekly meetings to discuss the impact on 
the business.
The pandemic created substantial 
challenges for our employees, and I would 
also like to thank them for their dedication 
and the impressive results that their efforts 
have delivered. 
Dividend
The Board is recommending a final dividend 
of 5.5 pence per share. This represents a 
25.0%% increase compared with the final 
dividend paid last year (31 March 2020: 
4.4 pence), and takes the full year dividend 
to 8.3 pence per share, an increase of 15.3% 
over last year (31 March 2020: 7.2 pence).
Although we remain in a period of economic 
uncertainty, and the full impact of the 
pandemic remains to be seen, the Board 
considers this increase is justified based 
on the strong operational performance 
over the period, and the improved visibility 
of market conditions.
Outlook
As we work our way out of the third lockdown, 
there are clear signs that the speed of the 
national vaccine roll out is having a positive 
effect on the economy and corporate 
confidence. Current Government policy 
allows a full return to the workplace from mid 
June, and as this gathers pace, we expect 
activity across our markets to increase.
We believe that this activity will confirm 
the essential role of the office in corporate 
life, benefitting our office assets which are 
well placed in terms of specification and 
geography to support the hybrid working 
practices that will continue to evolve.
The pace of recovery and future market 
sentiment will influence our ability to 
replace earnings from recent disposals 
with new lettings and acquisitions.  
With our well positioned portfolio and 
substantial cash and undrawn facilities, 
we have maintained the ability to benefit 
from this recovery and to respond as 
opportunities present themselves. 
Richard Grainger
Chair
17 May 2021
Despite the negative impact on the economy 
of Covid-19, there have been few forced 
sellers in the market so far. Acquisition 
opportunities in the office sector have been 
limited as vendors wait for buildings to be 
reoccupied, whereas the high investor 
demand for warehouse and logistics assets 
has pushed pricing to record levels. Over the 
period we adopted a patient and selective 
approach, looking for accretive opportunities 
in our core South East and London markets to 
offset the £1.35 million of rental income that 
30 Lombard Street contributed to the year, 
whilst maintaining a prudent balance sheet.
This approach led to the off-market 
acquisition of Willoughby Logistics Park, 
Bracknell (54,157 sq ft) in August 2020 for 
£10.00 million at a 5.6% yield. The two units 
are let until 2024 and provide scope for 
rental growth at expiry and medium term 
redevelopment potential.
Within the existing portfolio, we invested 
£6.71 million across a range of refurbishment 
projects to upgrade both the quality and 
environmental credentials of our assets. 
These targeted works have improved the 
rental values and letting prospects of these 
assets and have contributed to the 22.8% 
(£5.84 million pa) reversionary income 
potential remaining in the portfolio at the end 
of the period, being the difference between 
contracted rent of £25.61 million pa and the 
£31.45 million pa full rental value (“ERV”) of 
the portfolio. This portfolio potential includes 
our logistics asset at Sopwith Drive, 
Weybridge (63,140 sq ft) which was vacated 
by a parcel distributor at the end of the 
period, and two floors at our office asset 
Swan Court, Wimbledon (16,400 sq ft) that 
we took back as part of the successful lease 
re-gear in January 2021. Refurbishment 
works and possible redevelopment in the 
case of Weybridge are planned to secure 
a combined ERV of £1.63 million pa.
Looking further ahead, it has now been 
confirmed that our tenant at Great Brighams 
Mead in central Reading (84,840 sq ft), 
which has been in occupation since the 
Company developed this office building in 
2000, will vacate at lease expiry in March 
2022. We are looking at a range of possible 
alternatives including a comprehensive office 
refurbishment, conversion to residential and 
other alternative uses which will determine 
whether we retain or sell the asset.
We have been frustrated by the share price 
discount resulting first from Brexit and then 
Covid-19 which triggered a significant 
decrease in share prices across the sector, 
which subsequently recovered to varying 
degrees dependent on market exposure. As 
one of a number of possible initiatives to help 
close the discount, we reviewed the 
possibility of a share buy-back throughout 
the year whilst waiting to establish a better 
feel for how Covid-19 was likely to impact on 
market conditions and business progress. In 
March 2021, with improved clarity on these 
issues in particular, we announced a share 
buy-back up to the value of £10.00 million, 
which equates to circa. 5.0% of the issued 
share capital.
By the year end, the buy-back programme 
had acquired 538,542 shares at an average 
price of 213 pence per share, which has 
proved accretive to both net asset value 
and earnings per share. We will keep the 
programme under review, ensuring that 
it continues as an efficient and effective 
means of generating value for shareholders.
Continued focus on our ESG 
commitments
ESG considerations have been a part of 
our decision making since we adopted 
our first sustainability strategy in 2013 in 
response to the shift in market demand 
to more environmentally friendly buildings. 
We reviewed our approach in 2019 and 
introduced a new ESG framework: “The 
Right Choice for a Sustainable Business”, 
with three key priorities:
•	 Low carbon, resource efficient 
and healthy buildings
•	 A customer-focused and flexible landlord
•	 A progressive and transparent business
These priorities are integral to our strategy, 
supporting our commercial objectives and 
targeting the highest standards of corporate 
governance. Our positive performance 
against these priorities and externally set 
independent targets is set out in detail in 
our 2021 Sustainability Review in our 
Annual Report and Financial Statements, 
and on our website. Of particular note is the 
achievement of the high 4-star rating in our 
2020 GRESB score, the BREEAM excellent 
rating achieved at 135 Theale Logistics Park, 
and the target to reduce the use of carbon 
across our business, which we plan to deliver 
with our 2021 Carbon Net Zero Policy 
announced today.
Board and employees
I am very pleased to welcome Helen 
Sachdev to the Board as an independent 
Non-Executive Director with effect from 
April 2021. Helen has considerable 
experience gained from a range of sectors, 
including real estate, and her knowledge 
and experience will be very helpful as we 
all emerge from the current pandemic. 
After a period of stability, the appointment 
marks the first stage in succession planning 
to maintain an independent board.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
8
During the year we have continued to make good progress against 
our strategic and sustainability priorities whilst focusing on the 
health and wellbeing of our colleagues and occupiers and 
maintaining operational resilience in the face of Covid-19.
March 2020
Timeline
Covid compliance 
at McKay assets
Acquisition of 
Willoughby 
Logistics Park, 
Bracknell for 
£10.00 million
Practical completion of 
Theale Logistics Park
135,095 sq ft
Refurbishment of 
2nd and 5th floors 
of Corinthian 
House, Croydon, 
commences
Letting 
of Theale 
Logistics park 
to Amazon, 
10-year term
£1.51 million pa 
contracted rent
Lockdown 1
Lockdown 2

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
9
Customer Survey 
completed – 90% satisfied 
(10% neutral) with  
McKay relationship
March 2021
74.5%
Tenant 
retention
Domestic & General 
Lease renewal at Swan 
Court, Wimbledon
£1.76 million pa 
contracted rent 
agreement for lease
ESG – GRESB 
4-Star award
Share buy-back 
announced 
96.0%
cash rent 
collection
Completion of 
Lombard Street, 
EC3 sale for 
£76.50 million
Lockdown 3

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
10
the portfolio valuation deficit was 4.7% 
(MSCI All Property Index: -2.9%) and the 
ERV for properties held over the period was 
down 2.0% (MSCI All Property Index: -2.0%). 
The valuation deficit of our office portfolio 
was greater than the -6.1% MSCI All Property 
Index performance, which contributed to the 
relative under performance of the portfolio as 
a whole. This was due in part to the number of 
planned office refurbishment projects either 
completed or underway where we are carrying 
out upgrading works to improve rental 
prospects, and to deliver future value. 
However current values were particularly 
exposed to more cautious valuation 
assumptions to reflect the Covid-19 trading 
environment. This also applied to forthcoming 
lease expiries, as covered in more detail 
in the Property and Financial Review. 
The fall in office values was partially offset 
by the valuation gains in our industrial and 
logistics assets, including a substantial 
42.7% (£10.88 million) surplus following the 
letting success at 135 Theale Logistics Park. 
This took the valuation surplus for this 
segment of the portfolio to 18.1%.
Investor appetite reflected these sector 
variations, with demand from a wide range of 
investors outstripping the supply of industrial 
and logistics opportunities and pushing pricing 
to record levels. With the office market on 
pause, office transactions have been limited 
and values have fallen, with the exception of 
low risk assets with secure, long term income, 
where investor demand remains strong. 
The largest segment of our portfolio is South 
East offices (53.8%), located predominantly 
along the M4 corridor. Named occupier 
demand at the end of the period, as 
monitored by BNP Paribas, totalled 2.25 
million sq ft. This was an encouraging 24.9% 
increase over the previous quarter, but still 
33.0% below the five year average of 3.37 
million sq ft. Annual take up of 1.31 million sq ft 
for 2020 in our market area suffered as a 
result, being 36.4% below the five year 
average of 2.06 million sq ft and on a par with 
2009, the lowest on record since 2000. Of 
this take up, 72.9% was for unit sizes below 
60,000 sq ft, and 66.5% was for new or 
Grade A space. This continues the trend that 
we have reported on for a number of years of 
occupier demand for better quality floor 
space in smaller unit sizes.
With a lower level of letting activity over the 
year, supply in this market increased to 8.80 
million sq ft, representing a vacancy rate of 
9.4% (31 March 2020: 7.4%), but still well 
below the peak vacancy rate following the 
GFC of 14.2% in 2014. The low vacancy rate 
of 2.3% for new buildings (31 March 2020: 
1.8%) continues to limit occupier choice and 
the speculative pipeline of new schemes is 
likely to remain restricted until the demand 
outlook is clearer. 
We remain confident in our 
strategic focus on the office, 
industrial and logistics markets 
of the South East and London.
Chief Executive’s Review
Overview
Our initial challenge this year was to make 
the necessary operational adjustments in 
response to Covid-19 to maintain the safety 
of our team and occupiers, whilst ensuring 
the efficient running of the business. 
The operating system that we put in place 
worked effectively from the outset, with 
recent investment in our IT systems enabling 
all staff to access Company networks 
remotely without difficulty. In between 
lockdowns, all but the most vulnerable 
of our team were working from the office, 
facilitated by being able to drive to work 
to our self-contained and secure low rise 
headquarters in Reading. 
Faced with so much uncertainly, it was 
reassuring that the business was well 
capitalised and that our portfolio was 
focused in well established centres of 
the South East and London, with occupier 
diversity across the office, industrial and 
logistics sectors. 
Moreover, we were pleased to complete the 
sale of 30 Lombard Street, EC3 and to let 135 
Theale Logistics Park on such good terms.
The benefits of our in-house, internal 
management model were particularly 
apparent during the crisis. The close work 
with our occupiers secured high levels 
of rent collection and occupier retention, 
and resulted in many positive 
endorsements in our Occupier Survey 
carried out in mid 2020. In addition we 
continued to invest in the portfolio to benefit 
from likely trends in office occupier demand, 
particularly with our McKay+ offer and 
sustainable, flexible, business space.
Continued focus on the  
South East and London
We remain confident in our strategic focus 
in our core markets. We have extensive 
knowledge of these markets which are 
supported by a strong regional economy 
that contributes 39.0% of the national GVA, 
built on specialisation in high value and high 
technology sectors. The two regions 
support 9.4 million workers, 30% of the 
national total, and have a higher density of 
businesses than in the rest of the country 
and we believe this should support economic 
recovery and occupier demand as pandemic 
restrictions ease. 
Market review
From the first lockdown at the beginning of 
the year, the office market stalled, whereas 
the industrial and logistics sector continued 
to operate benefitting from the boom in 
on-line shopping. This mix of fortunes 
contributed to a 2.6% reduction in our office 
portfolio ERV over the period and an 11.8% 
valuation deficit, whereas the ERV for our 
industrial and logistics assets held over the 
period (excluding developments) increased 
by 2.6% and their valuation by 9.0%. Overall, 

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
11
2020
2019
0
150
300
450
600
London
South East
East
North West
South West
West Midlands
Yorks & Humber
East Midlands
Scotland
Wales
N. Ireland
North East
Total (LHS)
Per 1,000 people (RHS)
0
20
40
60
80
Number of businesses by region and per capita
Workers that work from home at least some of the time 
(% of regional employment​)
Following the sale of 30 Lombard Street, the 
value of our remaining three central London 
buildings accounts for 12.8% of the portfolio 
(31 March 2020: 24.7%). Each asset continues 
to provide opportunities for income and capital 
growth, which we will monitor as the central 
London occupational market becomes clearer.
Office demand – all change?
As noted above, demand and letting activity 
in the South East office market has reduced 
this past year, and there has been much 
discussion regarding the impact of Covid-19, 
and the working from home experience in 
particular, on future occupier trends.
Around 30% of the workforce in the South 
East and London was already working from 
home some of the time prior to the pandemic, 
with the proportion rising to around 50% 
during the first lockdown. Hybrid working 
patterns will evolve from this, and although 
the number of employees in the office full 
time may reduce, this is likely to be offset by 
lower occupational densities to create safer 
working environments.
We believe that demand has been deferred 
rather than lost. To best position ourselves to 
benefit when it returns, the key 
considerations we are addressing are: 
•	 How will offices be used in the future? The 
use of the office will vary between business 
size and type, but remain essential as a 
strategic tool in the management of most 
businesses. It is likely to be more of a 
collaborative space to enforce business 
identity and to encourage team-work and 
the effective integration of new and 
younger employees.
•	 What type of business space will be in 
demand? We expect the majority of 
demand to be for safe, sustainable and 
smart buildings of quality that help attract 
and retain employees. Ease and flexibility 
of occupation will be important 
considerations, as well as ease of access 
and local amenities. Letting activity is likely 
to remain predominantly for new and Grade 
A floor space within the sub 60,000 sq ft 
size range. A shift to shorter commuting 
could also result in decentralisation.  
•	 How do we meet occupier expectations? 
Occupiers will expect a high quality service 
from their landlord to support the concept 
of the office being a welcoming, central and 
integral part of their business. Track record 
and customer focus will be key. 
Many of these requirements reflect trends 
that we were seeing before the pandemic, 
and responding to with the quality and 
specification of our buildings and the delivery 
of high levels of service set out in ‘The McKay 
Way’ by our in-house occupier services team.
With our office properties located mainly in 
outer London and the South East, we are 
also able to offer a cost effective alternative 
should occupiers decide to decentralise to 
reduce exposure to congested public transport 
and long travel to work times. Construction 
of the Elizabeth Line from central London 
to Reading, once opened, will enhance 
our offer with improved connectivity. 
Sustainability and ESG  
will play a key role
The importance of ESG considerations, 
and the environmental credentials of 
business space, will continue to increase. 
These considerations are integral to our 
decision making with regard to portfolio 
properties and the way that we run the 
business more generally.
Our 2021 Sustainability Review, available on 
our website, provides full details of our ESG 
policy and progress during the year. This 
includes the publication of our 2021 Net Zero 
Carbon commitment announced today, 
which sets out a number of ambitious targets 
in relation to our existing portfolio and future 
projects to support the delivery of our core 
sustainability objective of creating low 
carbon, resource efficient buildings. 
We will continue to work on these ESG and 
property initiatives, such as our McKay+ 
offer of ready to occupy floor space, short 
form leases and fully connected buildings.
The year ahead
Within the existing portfolio, we look forward 
to improved confidence from the road map 
out of lockdown and the continued roll out 
of the vaccination programme driving a pick 
up in leasing activity of current vacancies 
and future refurbishments. The lease break 
exercised at Sopwith Drive, Weybridge 
provides scope for a major refurbishment 
or redevelopment of this 1980s warehouse, 
and at Great Brighams Mead, Reading we 
are considering a range of options to evolve a 
strategy ahead of lease expiry in March 2022.
With substantial cash and undrawn facilities, 
we will continue to progress portfolio initiatives 
and look for earnings and value accretive 
acquisitions in our core markets to offset the 
planned reduction in earnings from the sale of 
30 Lombard Street. Full use of this headroom 
will be governed by maintaining a level of 
gearing appropriate to the macroeconomic 
climate and evolving outlook. We will also 
continue to closely monitor occupier demand 
and the possibility of recycling capital through 
further disposals, and maintain the current 
share buy-back programme while it continues 
to be an effective and efficient means of 
generating shareholder value.
Simon Perkins
Chief Executive Officer
17 May 2021
Source: Capital Economics
60
50 
40
30
20
10
0
London
South East
South East
South East
UK

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
12
Strategic Framework
Our strategy is to apply entrepreneurial property 
initiatives to create sustainable value from our  
assets for our stakeholders.
2020/21 progress
Strategic priorities
Continued operational 
efficiency through 
Covid-19
Ensuring that despite Covid-19, operational 
efficiency and the profitability of the business 
is maintained.
01
•	
Rapid and effective compliance with 
government guidance throughout the year
•	
Remote working through lockdown periods, 
with employees able to access Company 
networks remotely without difficulty
•	
In-house management ensuring building 
compliance with Covid-19 safety standards
•	
Effective business continuity securing letting 
progress, including 135 Theale Logistics Park
Continued delivery of  
our ESG commitments
Our sustainability framework identifies three 
priorities to ensure that ESG targets are  
integrated into the delivery of our strategy.
03
•	
Publication of our 2021 Sustainability Review 
which sets out in detail the progress made 
through the period in relation to our ESG 
long-term priorities
•	
93.0% achievement of independently  
set targets
•	
Publication of our Net Zero Carbon 
Pathway policy
Positioning for growth
Maintaining a strong balance sheet and  
refreshing portfolio potential by recycling  
capital from disposals into acquisitions and 
portfolio initiatives, and other capital allocation 
initiatives to improve prospects for growth.
02
•	
Sale of the long leasehold interest of 30 
Lombard Street, EC3 at a headline price 
of £76.50 million (4.16% yield) to capture 
development gains and to recycle capital
•	
£10.00 million acquisition of Willoughby Rd, 
Bracknell; a multi-let logistics asset with  
growth potential
•	
Investment of £5.56 million into the 
refurbishment of portfolio properties 
to enhance growth prospects
•	
Investment of £1.15 million over the period 
through the share buy-back programme
  See our 2021 Sustainability Review  
page 34

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
13
Relevant performance metrics
Future objectives 
Risks
•	
Maintain high occupier retention rate
•	
Maintain/improve upon our occupier 
satisfaction score in the next 
occupier survey
•	
Evolve our smart building technology 
to improve our offer to occupiers
•	
Maintain strong relationships with 
occupiers and suppliers
•	
Maintain high levels of rent collection 
•	
Reduce portfolio vacancy
•	
Impact of Covid-19
•	
Market downturn
•	
Occupier default
Sustainability target achievement
Reduction in like-for-like energy 
consumption by 16.4% against 
2019/20
Improved GRESB score from 
75 to 77, 4-star rated
Long-term decarbonisation 
plan developed
Occupier survey and follow-up 
action plan completed
•	
Maintain high achievement rate 
of sustainable targets
•	
Implementation of ESG objectives
•	
Implementation of Net Zero Carbon 
Pathway policy
•	
Impact of Covid-19
•	
Market downturn
Occupier retention rate 74.3%
Rent collection 98% cash 
and agreed
Occupier satisfaction score 90%
IFRS NAV £289.90m
TPR 0.5%
•	
Continue to utilise increase 
in loan facilities
•	
Maintain banking relationships
•	
Secure earnings and value-
enhancing acquisitions
•	
Continue to capture value 
from portfolio initiatives
•	
Enhance prospect for 
strategic growth
•	
Impact of Covid-19
•	
Lack of suitable investment 
opportunities
•	
Overpricing restricting 
purchasing
•	
Covenant compliance
LTV: 32.4%
10 year TSR: 199.2%
Cash and undrawn facilities 
£103.25m

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
14
Strategy  
in Action
Continued operational  
efficiency through Covid-19
•	 Former 96,850 sq ft chilled warehouse,  
acquired in 2015 for £10.70 million
•	 While retaining income, planning for new 
distribution/logistics unit of 135,095 sq ft 
•	 Floor area increase of 39% 
•	 ERV increase of 97%
•	 Once ready to demolish, agreed early  
surrender payment with tenant 
•	 Practical completion achieved in April 2020
•	 Letting of the whole to Amazon at a rent of  
£1.51 million pa completed in September 2020
•	 2021 valuation surplus of £10.88 million (42.7%)
Significant milestone achieved with the letting of 135 Theale Logistics Park
01

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
15
Positioning  
for growth
Continued  
delivery of our  
ESG commitments
•	 Sale of 30 Lombard Street, EC3, completed 
in September 2020 
•	 Let prior to completion of development 
in January 2019 on a 15-year lease
•	 Headline price of £76.50 million at a yield of  
4.16% securing net proceeds of £70.06 million
•	 Balance sheet strengthened, with LTV  
at 31 March 2021 reduced to 32.4%
•	 Post-sale of 30 Lombard Street, EC3, circa 
£100.00 million for new opportunities
•	 93% achievement of independently set ESG targets
•	 4-star GRESB achieved
•	 Publication of our Net Zero Carbon Pathway
02
03
Disposal of 30 Lombard Street, EC3
Uninterrupted progress

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
16
Our mission is to develop, refurbish 
and manage commercial property, 
working in partnership with occupiers 
to deliver quality, innovation and 
growth. We provide the very best 
environment for our customers to 
thrive and businesses to grow. 
Strategic priorities
What we do
Continued operational 
efficiency through Covid-19
Positioning for growth
Continued delivery of our 
ESG commitments
01
02
03
Land and buildings
We focus on quality office, industrial 
and logistics business space within the 
established markets of the South East 
and London.
Relationships
Our geographical focus and in-house 
management capabilities enable us 
to build strong relationships and work 
in partnership with our occupiers and 
local supply chains. 
Our team
Our experienced team are experts 
in their field and know the South East 
and London markets intimately. 
Respected brand
We take pride in everything we  
do and have developed a reputation 
for quality, innovation, sustainability, 
ambition and growth.
ESG framework 
Our sustainability strategy framework 
‘The Right Choice for a Sustainable 
Business’ lies at the heart of all we do.
Financial flexibility
Strong banking relationships and a robust 
balance sheet allow flexibility to invest in 
the portfolio throughout the cycle. 
Key resources
B
u
y
Mo
nit
or 
po
te
nti
al 
inv
es
tm
en
t p
ro
pe
rti
es 
an
d a
cq
uir
e a
ss
et
s 
th
at 
me
et 
id
en
tif
ie
d c
rit
eri
a t
o a
dd
 v
alu
e t
hr
ou
gh
 s
us
tai
na
ble
 
re
fu
rb
is
hm
en
t, 
de
ve
lo
p
me
nt 
an
d 
m
an
ag
e
me
nt.
 
S
e
l
l
Dis
po
se 
of 
ma
tu
re
 a
ss
et
s t
o r
ec
yc
le 
ca
pit
al 
to 
be
 re
in
ve
st
ed 
in
to 
ne
w p
ro
pe
rti
es
 an
d p
roj
ec
ts.
 
Business Model
  See more on pages 12 and 13

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
17
Value creation  
We generate value by operating  
an effective and established 
business model that delivers 
sustainable, long-term returns.
Communities
We are committed to playing our part in the local community  
and supporting causes that will benefit from our experience.
Employees
We aim to support and engage our employees by providing 
a working environment that promotes health, wellbeing 
and development. 
Suppliers
Suppliers play a fundamental role in delivering our vision  
and we value close relationships.
Occupiers
We offer our occupiers choice, flexibility, quality and  
sustainable/energy-efficient business space.
Investors
We aim to deliver attractive and sustainable returns 
to shareholders.
Ac
tiv
ely
 m
an
ag
e o
ur 
as
se
ts
 in
-h
ou
se 
an
d d
eli
ve
r o
ut
sta
nd
in
g
cu
st
om
er 
se
rv
ic
e i
n o
rd
er 
to 
att
ra
ct 
an
d r
et
ai
n o
cc
up
ie
rs,
 
su
pp
or
t b
us
in
es
s 
gr
ow
th
 a
nd
 m
ax
im
is
e r
et
ur
ns
.
M
a
n
a
g
e
D
e
v
e
l
o
p
Re
fu
rb
ish
 a
nd
 d
ev
elo
p o
ur 
pr
op
ert
ie
s t
o c
re
ate
 
en
vir
on
me
nt
all
y s
us
tai
na
bl
e a
nd
 h
eal
thy
 bu
ild
in
gs 
wh
er
e p
eo
ple
 
an
d b
usi
ne
ss
es 
ca
n t
hri
ve 
an
d e
nh
an
ce
/d
eli
ver
 po
rtf
oli
o r
etu
rns
. 
Read more about why our stakeholders matter and 
how we have engaged with them on pages 20 and 21

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
18
Section 172 Statement
Our commitment to Section 172
As part of our Sustainability Strategy Framework we are  
committed to being a progressive and transparent business and 
adhering to high levels of Corporate Governance. This includes  
our commitment to considering the stakeholders of our Company 
in our approach to decision making throughout the business in 
order to promote the success of the Company, in line with our  
duties under Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 (1) (a) to (f)  
as set out above. 
 
We define principal decisions as those that are material to the 
Company and significant to any of our key stakeholder groups. 
In making such decisions, the Board considers the outcome  
from its stakeholder engagement as well as the need to maintain  
a reputation for high standards of business conduct and the  
need to act fairly between the members of the Company.  
Principal decisions are minuted at each Board meeting and  
entered into in our corporate S172 log, along with matters  
taken into consideration and stakeholder engagement.
Duty to promote the success of the Company
Companies Act 2006 – Section 172 
(1) A director of a company must act in the way he/she considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success  
of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole, and in doing so have regard (amongst other matters) to:
 
(a)	 the likely consequences of any decision in the long term, 
(b)	the interests of the company’s employees, 
(c)	 the need to foster the company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others, 
(d)	the impact of the company’s operations on the community and the environment, 
(e)	 the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct, and 
(f)	 the need to act fairly as between members of the company.
Willoughby Road, Bracknell

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
19
Examples of our approach to decision making during the period are:
#1
Covid-19 
Having assessed the information 
available when lockdown measures 
were first implemented, the Board 
put in place Covid-19 measures 
to protect shareholder and other 
stakeholders’ interests in March 
2020 and maintained these 
throughout the year. Measures 
put in place included: 
	–
regular market updates on 
Company progress and quarterly 
rent collection rates, 
	–
offering occupier support 
where appropriate on a  
case-by-case basis,
	–
maintaining a smooth transition 
to remote working and ensuring 
the health and wellbeing of our 
employees, and 
	–
maintaining our long-standing 
relationships with our suppliers. 
#2
Purchase of 
Willoughby Road, 
Bracknell
The decision to add this logistics 
asset to the Company’s portfolio  
in August 2020 increased the 
Company’s exposure to the logistics 
sector, providing a high-quality, 
earnings enhancing asset with 
rental growth prospects and 
long-term development potential. 
 
This expansion of the portfolio 
adds high-quality business space 
to meet occupier requirements in 
a prime location, as well as providing 
economies of scale for the business. 
The acquisition was funded using 
exisiting loan facilities, after 
consideration of headroom and 
LTV metrics.
#3
Share Buy-back 
On 8 March 2021 the Company 
announced a share buy-back 
programme of up to £10.0 million,  
or approximately 5%, of the 
Company’s issued ordinary  
share capital. 
 
 
 
After careful consideration, the Board 
believed that with improving visibility 
in market conditions and business 
progress, the Company’s substantial 
discount to net asset value meant 
the Programme offered the potential 
to make market purchases at a price, 
or prices, that it believed would be 
accretive. The Board will keep the 
Programme under review to ensure 
it continues as an efficient and 
effective means of generating value 
for shareholders.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
20
Our Stakeholders
Stakeholders
How we engaged during the year
Occupiers
Our occupiers are at the heart of our business and we take great pride 
in creating sustainable and progressive environments where their 
businesses can thrive.
For more information, see: 
The McKay Way on page 27
Sustainability Review on page 34
Occupier Survey on page 40
•	 Each occupier is appointed their own dedicated in-house asset 
manager who is available to discuss any aspect of an occupier’s 
lease terms
•	 A dedicated in-house occupier services representative is assigned 
to each occupier. Their aim is to support each occupier’s business 
needs on a day-to-day basis
Investors
Our shareholders are fundamental to how we operate as a business. 
They provide the equity base for the business and although they are 
primarily looking at a financial return they are increasingly holding 
companies to account on their ESG strategy and policies.
For more information, see:
Sustainability Review on page 34
Strategic Framework on page 12
•	 There is a well established investor relations programme of investor 
and analyst presentations. Presentations follow the annual financial 
timetable and are undertaken following the announcement of the 
end of year and half year results. During the year, due to Covid and 
social distancing restrictions, these were carried out via a remote 
conferencing facility
•	 Regular press releases and RNS announcements on business events
Employees
Our employees are a diverse mix of highly skilled and experienced individuals 
who are keen to see both themselves and the Company develop and grow. 
Their skills, enthusiasm and commitment are central to business success.
For more information, see: 
Corporate Governance – Working Practices case study on page 42
Sustainability Review on page 34
•	 During the year throughout the periods of lockdown practical 
measures were put in place to ensure employees were able to work 
from home. Regular communication from line managers through 
the use of remote conferencing facilities and email updates helped 
support interaction between employees
•	 An Employee Representative Non-Executive Director (“desNED”) 
provides a conduit to the Board for the employee voice
•	 Executive Directors ordinarily undertake year end and interim 
presentations to employees and encourage attendance at the 
Company’s AGM but due to Covid compliance, the 2020 AGM 
was a closed meeting
Communities
We are mindful that as a Company we do not work in isolation.  
We are committed to playing our part in the local community and 
supporting charitable, education and other causes that might benefit 
from our experience.
For more information, see: 
Sustainability Review on page 34
Occupier Survey case study on page 40
With the impact of Covid we believed it even more important to continue 
our commitment as:
•	 A Supporter of the Reading University Pathways  
to Property programme
•	 A partner of Ethical Reading, a not-for-profit social enterprise 
dedicated to making Reading a better place to live and work 
through helping organisations become more ethical
Suppliers 
We use a large number of products and services to construct, improve 
and maintain our buildings.
The procurement choices we make can have a significant impact on people, 
organisations and the wider environment. For this reason, suppliers and 
contractors play a fundamental role in delivering our vision and achieving 
our objectives. We recognise that by working closely with our suppliers we 
can have a material impact and we have an obligation to ensure that our supply 
chain and procurement practices follow proper standards.
For more information, see: 
Sustainability Review on page 34
•	 We engage with all suppliers at pre-qualification stage  
and with every new contract or contract renewal
•	 Key suppliers in the top five operational procurement 
categories are audited on an annual basis to ensure 
compliance with our procurement policy (updated in 2020)
We believe we must be responsive to changing stakeholder expectations,  
to remain relevant and ensure a resilient and progressive business.
We set out here our key stakeholders, how we engage with them and what they tell us is important to them. We continue to build on strong 
relationships with all our stakeholders. It is important for us to listen and understand their evolving needs. This understanding will support 
the decision-making process at all levels in the business, enhance our reputation as a trusted landlord, and strengthen our presence in the 
office, industrial and logistics markets of the South East and London.

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
21
How we engaged during the year (continued)
Areas of focus
•	 We communicated to occupiers that Covid building compliance was 
regularly reviewed and the implementation of measures was in line 
with government guidance as a minimum standard 
•	 In September 2020 we carried out one of our regular occupier 
surveys, created action plans and fed back on actions taken
•	 Unique spaces – creating the right space for each individual occupier
•	 Flexible lease terms
•	 Value for money
•	 Excellent customer service experience
•	 An approachable landlord
•	 The environmental impact of their space
•	 Covid compliance
•	 In normal circumstances all Directors attend the Annual General 
Meeting (“AGM”) and are available to engage with shareholders. 
The 2020 AGM was a closed meeting but investors had the 
opportunity to submit questions online prior to the meeting and 
any responses were available to view on the Company’s website
•	 Financial performance
•	 A robust business model
•	 Implementation of a sound ESG strategy
•	 Ensure assets are future-proofed through progressive  
technological improvement
•	 Effective communication
•	 Covid compliance
•	 We engage with employees through workshops, regular team 
meetings, annual appraisals and training opportunities
•	 As part of our commitment to the wellbeing of our employees 
we offer health and dental care schemes, and occupational health 
support is regularly made available
•	 Inclusivity and empowerment
•	 Top-down communication
•	 Collaboration – sharing ideas and views
•	 Continual development of skills
•	 A flexible working environment
•	 Supportive employee health and wellbeing services
•	 A Covid compliant and healthy workplace
•	 A supporter of Land Aid, a property industry charity focused 
on reducing youth homelessness
•	 A contributor to supporting selected charities such as MIND, 
an organisation that supports mental health, NHS Charities 
Together and a local hospice
•	 Supporting selected charities
•	 Working in partnership with the local community
•	 Building close links with our local university
•	 We strive for continual improvement. We are committed to advancing 
our policies and systems across the Company to ensure we address 
and monitor performance in all aspects of sustainability that are 
relevant to the business
•	 Building relationships based on a strong ethical ethos and high standards
•	 Prompt payment practices
•	 A responsible procurement policy
•	 Promoting human rights 
•	 Reducing adverse environmental impacts

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
22
Property and 
Financial Review
Introduction
As at 31 March 2021 our portfolio consisted 
of 33 assets with an independent valuation of 
£437.90 million. The majority of the portfolio 
falls within the office sector, but through a 
combination of development and valuation 
gains as well as the recycling of capital, we 
have increased our weighting over the year 
to the industrial and logistics sector. By value 
the breakdown is now 66.6% offices, 28.0% 
industrial and logistics and 5.4% other with 
no retail exposure (31 March 2020: 77.1%, 
18.1% and 4.8% respectively). See Table 1. 
Together with selling our largest asset and 
letting our most recent development project, 
Covid-19 and its repercussions have 
dominated this year. Operationally our 
business model of managing all our assets 
internally, rather than using third party 
managing agents, allowed us to respond 
with agility and resilience. With this business 
model, we know our tenants well and as a 
result we knew very quickly where to help, 
how to help and where to remain firm.  
In a crisis more economically damaging than 
the GFC, we maintained a strong tenant 
retention rate with 74.3% of our occupiers 
choosing to remain with McKay at lease 
break or expiry; collected or agreed plans 
for 98% of our annual rent; renewed 34 
leases; secured 18 open market lettings; 
and achieved a positive customer survey 
with 90% of our occupiers happy with their 
direct McKay relationship.
Our total occupancy has fallen to 85.3% 
(31 March 2020: 88.7%) and there are two 
clear reasons for this. Firstly in February 
2021 Hermes operated their break clause 
at Sopwith Drive in Weybridge (63,140 sq ft / 
£0.65 million pa contracted rent) which they 
had occupied for many years, in order to 
relocate to a larger unit. The industrial and 
logistics sector is currently very strong 
from both an occupational and investment 
perspective and this lease break frees  
up a prime development / refurbishment 
opportunity for us.
Secondly, while we successfully negotiated 
with our largest occupier, Domestic & 
General, to renew their occupation for 
a further five years at Swan Court in 
Wimbledon, they did hand back 30% of 
the building (ground and first floors totalling 
16,400 sq ft) which they had not been using 
for some years. These floors will be 
refurbished and delivered into this popular 
under-supplied Greater London sub-market 
in the autumn.
These two new vacancies represent 5.2% of 
the overall portfolio ERV as at 31 March 2021.
We believe the office remains critical to 
business continuation and that the best 
and most engaging office space will remain 
in demand from businesses keen to attract 
and retain staff. As a result, we shall continue 
to upgrade and invest in our assets when 
vacancies occur to meet that demand.
Table 1: Properties
Properties
% of Portfolio
Office
London
3
12.8%
Office
South East
17
53.8%
Total Office
20
66.6%
Industrial
South East
9
28.0%
Total Industrial
9
28.0%
Other
Health
1
1.3%
Other
Leisure
1
3.1%
Other
Residential
2
1.0%
Total Other
4
5.4%
Overall Total
33
100.0%
Swan Court, Wimbledon
Tom Elliott
Giles Salmon

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
23
Property Portfolio 
At 31 March 2021
Area sq ft
£15m and over 
60.5% of portfolio
Brentford 
The Mille, 1000 Great West Road (office)
96,700
Crawley 
Oakwood Trade Park, Gatwick Road (industrial & logistics) 
52,400
EC31 
Portsoken House, Minories (office and ancillary retail) 
49,570
Newbury
Rivergate, Newbury Business Park (office) 
61,385
Poyle 
McKay Trading Estate, Blackthorne Road (industrial & logistics)
73,955
Reading 
Great Brighams Mead, Vastern Road (office)
84,840
Reading 
9 Greyfriars Road (office)
38,490
Redhill 
Prospero, London Road (office)
50,370
SW19 
Swan Court, Worple Road (office and ancillary retail)
57,500
SW1 
1 Castle Lane (office) 
14,250
Theale 
Theale Logistics Park, Brunel Road (industrial & logistics) 
135,095
£10m to £15m 
21.7% of portfolio
Bracknell 
Willoughby Road (industrial & logistics)
54,155
Crawley 
Pegasus Place, Gatwick Road (office) 
50,790
Croydon 
Corinthian House, Dingwall Road (office) 
44,590
EC2 
66 Wilson Street (office) 
11,890
Maidenhead 
Switchback Office Park, Gardner Road (office) 
37,155
Weybridge 
Sopwith Drive, Brooklands (industrial & logistics) 
63,140
Woking 
1 Crown Square (office and ancillary retail) 
50,190
Woking 
The Planets, Crown Square (other/leisure) 
98,255
£5m to £10m 
13.3% of portfolio
Bracknell 
Building 329, Doncastle Road (office) 
32,800
Farnborough 
Columbia House, 1 Apollo Rise (industrial & logistics) 
40,755
Fleet 
One Fleet, Ancells Road (office) 
34,580
Folkestone 
3 Acre Estate, Park Farm Road (industrial & logistics)
44,290
Folkestone 
5 Acre Estate, Park Farm Road (industrial & logistics) 
60,535
Leatherhead 
Ashcombe House, 5 The Crescent (office) 
17,450
Newbury 
Strawberry Hill House, Bath Road (other/medical) 
15,230
Reading 
20/30 Greyfriars Road (office) 
33,345
Staines 
Mallard Court, Market Square (office and ancillary retail) 
21,860
Windsor 
Gainsborough House, 59-60 Thames Street (office)
18,660
£0m to £5m 
4.5% of portfolio
Banbury 
Lower Cherwell Street Industrial Estate (industrial & logistics)
40,060
Chobham 
Castle Grove Road (other/land) 
—
Staines 
2 Clarence Street (office) 
3,440
SW11 
Parkside, Knightsbridge (other/residential) 
2,900
Percentages based on the valuation 
at 31 March 2021
1.	
Denotes leasehold properties.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
24
Property and Financial Review continued
Sustainability and ESG
We continue to recognise how important 
sustainability is to potential and existing 
occupiers, our investors, our employees 
and indeed all our stakeholders.
We are particularly proud this year to have 
achieved a 4* GRESB (Global Real Estate 
Sustainability Benchmark) rating, placing us 
in the top 40% of those who choose to be 
measured by this renowned benchmark.
Our 2021 Sustainability Review, included 
within our Annual Report and Financial 
Statements and available on our website, 
provides extensive detail of our ambitions 
and achievements under the three pillars for 
a sustainable business, the Environment, 
Social awareness and Governance (ESG). 
Development
We completed 135 Theale Logistics Park 
(135,095 sq ft) in April 2020 and, with 
Covid-19 limiting mobility, we immediately 
stepped up our digital marketing campaign 
and successfully secured a letting of the 
whole scheme to Amazon. This lease 
completed in September 2020 for a ten year 
term with an option to extend for a further ten 
years to this strong covenant at £1.51 million 
pa, marginally ahead of 31 March 2020 ERV 
(“ERV”) with a fixed uplift at the fifth year 
review. This resulted in a year end valuation 
surplus of £10.88 million which delivered a 
profit on cost for the development of 49.5%.
Asset management
Portfolio
We have always had a very active, hands-on 
approach to asset management which has 
benefited us in a year when occupiers need 
flexibility, potential reorganisations and 
above all a regular constructive dialogue 
with their landlord. Given the difficulty many 
occupiers have faced, during the year we 
negotiated many more lease renewals than a 
typical year (34 compared to the average of 
the previous two years of 17) at a contracted 
annual rent of £3.87 million pa (an uplift of 
10.4% over the previous passing rent). The 
Covid-19 related agreements, in particular, 
had the win-win benefit for both us and our 
occupiers by introducing a rent free period 
now in return for a longer lease. Added to this, 
we achieved 18 open market lettings at a 
combined contractual rent of £2.56 million 
pa, marginally ahead of ERV, providing a total 
contracted rent (excluding acquisitions and 
disposals) of £25.02 million pa (31 March 
2020: £24.93 million pa). 
Offices
Within our office portfolio, the most 
significant lease renewal was at Swan Court, 
Wimbledon (57,500 sq ft) which has been 
the headquarters of Domestic & General 
(D&G) since we built the office building in 
2006. Their lease expiry was February 2021 
and in recent years they had sub-let the 
ground and first floors (16,400 sq ft). In 
January 2021 we exchanged an agreement 
to lease floors 2-5 (37,400 sq ft) on a ten 
year lease with a fifth year tenant break at 
a contracted rent of £1.76 million pa which 
will commence on completion of planned 
landlord upgrade works to the common parts 
at the end of the summer. The works will 
significantly enhance the look and feel of 
the building improving the lettability of the 
remaining ground and first floors which we 
will refurbish simultaneously. 
Across selected parts of our office portfolio 
we continue to attract occupiers with the 
McKay+ specification. This provides the 
middle ground between conventional 
accommodation and serviced offices 
enabling speed and flexibility of occupation 
with no middle man or hidden costs and is 
managed directly by us, while at the same 
time giving the occupiers their own identity 
and privacy. At the Mille in Brentford (96,700 
sq ft) this model attracted a tenant out of 
serviced accommodation into the entire 
6th floor (8,174 sq ft) at a contracted rent of 
£0.18 million pa on a ten year lease with a 
tenant break at the end of the third year.
Further McKay + refurbishments attracted 
two new significant occupier names to the 
portfolio. Maersk Line UK Limited signed a 
five year lease on the 6th floor (1,870 sq ft) 
at Portsoken House, EC3 at a contracted 
rent of £0.98 million pa and Sedgewick 
International UK committed to the final 
vacant suite (4,112 sq ft) at Prospero in 
Redhill on a ten year lease at a contracted 
rent of £0.13 million pa. 
Table 2: Capital Value Movement
12 months to 31 March 2021
March 2021 portfolio
£m
March 2020 portfolio
£m
12 month1 
Movement
MSCI2
Movement
London offices
56.00
58.55
(5.9)%
(2.6)%
South East offices
235.60
267.30
(13.0)%
(6.1)%
Total offices
291.60
325.85
(11.8)%
(5.6)%
South East industrial/logistics
75.25
68.35
9.0%
10.3%
Other
23.90
23.80
0.3%
–
Total (excl. dev)
390.75
418.00
(7.7)%
(2.9)%3
Developments4
36.35
24.00
42.7%
Total portfolio (like for like)
427.10
442.00
(4.8)%
(2.9)%
Disposals
–
 68.00 
Acquisitions
10.80
–
Total (overall)
437.90
510.00
(4.7%)
(2.9%)
Valuation yields
Initial
4.8%
4.0%
Initial (topped up)
5.5%
5.2%
Reversion
6.7%
6.4%
Equivalent
6.1%
5.7%
1.	
Valuation movements (%) after allowing for cap-ex incurred during the period
2.	
MSCI Monthly Index by relevant sector. London = MSCI City sector
3.	
MSCI Monthly Index (All property)
4.	
Theale Logistics Park

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
25
At Corinthian House, Croydon (44,590 sq ft), 
having upgraded the reception and common 
parts last year, we are now underway with 
floor by floor refurbishments as they become 
available on expiry of older legacy lettings, 
enabling us to achieve substantially higher 
rental values. Having just reached completion 
at year end of the 2nd and 5th floors (8,660 
sq ft) we had already agreed terms on over 
50% of the new accommodation above ERV 
reflecting the quality and prime location of 
this Croydon landmark office. We aim to 
refurbish a further four floors (18,550 sq ft) 
this year which have already attracted 
positive enquiries.
Industrial and logistics
28.0% of the portfolio by value is in the industrial 
and logistics sector which has performed very 
well over the year, driven by management 
initiatives, lettings at or above ERV and the 
development success referred to earlier. 
At Five Acre in Folkestone, we pre-let our 
last upgraded unit (17,333 sq ft) to an existing 
expanding occupier on a ten year lease at 
a contracted rent of £0.09 million pa and 
at the McKay Trading Estate at Poyle we 
renewed four leases with our largest 
occupier (32,251 sq ft) for a further six years 
at a contracted rent of £0.34 million pa.
Well located trade parks continue to attract 
demand as evidenced by our latest 
refurbishment at Oakwood Trade Park in 
Crawley (52,400 sq ft). Prior to completion 
of a refurbishment of Unit 1 (2,717 sq ft) we 
signed a ten year lease at a new record rent 
equating to £18.00 psf which helped drive 
ERV growth and a subsequent capital 
surplus across the Park of 23.5%.
As mentioned above, the exercise of a lease 
break at Sopwith Drive, Weybridge (63,140 
sq ft) has provided the potential to add to the 
value of the building through refurbishment 
or redevelopment in this excellent outer 
London location. A number of schemes 
are under review at present.
Table 4: Portfolio yields and reversions
31st March 2021
31st March 2020
£m  
pa
Yield2
Occupancy3
£m  
pa
Yield2
Occupancy3
Current rental income1
22.20
4.8%
21.90
4.0%
Contracted rental income1
25.61
5.5%
85.3%
28.33
5.2%
88.7%
Uplifts at rent review/lease expiry
1.21
2.62
Void properties (exc developments3)
4.63
15.5%
2.48
7.4%
Void (developments)
–
1.48
3.9%
Portfolio reversion
5.84
6.58
Total portfolio ERV
31.45
6.7%
34.91
6.4%
Equivalent yield
6.1%
5.7%
1.	
Net of ground rents
2.	
Yield on portfolio valuation with notional purchaser’s costs (6.75%) added
3.	
By ERV
Table 3: Rental Value Movement
12 months to 31 March 2021
March 2021 portfolio
ERV £m pa
March 2020 portfolio
ERV £m pa
12 month 
Movement
MSCI1
Movement
London offices
3.66
3.75
(2.5)%
(0.8)%
South East offices
20.60
21.15
(2.6)%
(0.6)%
Total offices
24.26
24.90
(2.6)%
(0.6)%
South East industrial/logistics
4.07
3.96
2.6%
3.4%
Other
 1.00 
1.14
(11.9)%
–
Total (excl. dev)
29.33
30.00
(2.2)%
(2.0)%2
Developments3
1.51
1.48
2.3%
Total portfolio (like for like)
30.84
31.48
(2.0)%
(2.0)%
Disposals
–
 3.43 
Acquisitions
0.61
–
Total (overall)
31.45
34.91
1.	
MSCI Monthly Index by relevant sector. London = MSCI City sector
2.	
MSCI Monthly Index (All property)
3.	
Theale Logistics Park

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
26
Property and Financial Review continued
Valuations
As at 31 March 2021 Knight Frank’s 
independent valuation of the portfolio 
was £437.90 million (31 March 2020: 
£510.00 million).
The entire year has been characterised by 
Covid-19 and the economic uncertainty that 
it carried which is only now beginning to clear 
with the successful vaccine rollout. The total 
portfolio suffered to a greater degree in H1 
with a valuation deficit of -3.4% followed by 
-1.3% in H2, delivering a total 12 month deficit 
of 4.7% set against the MSCI All Property 
Index of -2.9%. See Tables 2 and 3.
The valuers reflected uncertainty in the 
office sector by increasing void periods and 
rent free incentives while also pushing yields 
out to varying degrees depending on tenant 
covenant strength and lease length. These 
adjustments were more severe in H1 when 
there was still significant uncertainty at the 
September valuation date, resulting in a 
capital deficit in our office portfolio for H1 of 
-6.7%. Although the H2 valuation date of 
31 March 2021 had the benefit of an 
improving outlook, there still remained 
uncertainty about the speed and quantum of 
a return to work. This resulted in further 
valuation risk adjustments and an H2 office 
portfolio deficit of -5.0%, delivering a total 
office portfolio deficit for the year of -11.8%. 
Rental value declines were less apparent 
and our office portfolio ERV fell by -2.6%. 
See Table 4. 
There were two office assets which 
impacted our office portfolio performance 
which are worth highlighting. At the start of 
the year at Great Brighams Mead in central 
Reading (84,840 sq ft) discussions had been 
ongoing about the possibility of a lease 
extension with the sole tenant (expiry March 
2022). However, towards Christmas the 
tenant confirmed that it would vacate at lease 
expiry, and at the valuation date the valuers 
had to assume vacancy at expiry, full 
refurbishment expenditure as well as 
estimated voids and rent free incentives. 
Secondly at Corinthian House in Croydon, 
the valuation reduced due to the timing in the 
refurbishment cycle of the building, and the 
current vacancy and capex required for the 
launch of this re-positioned asset. Although 
strong pre-let interest is being pursued, at 
the date of valuation it had not crystallised. 
Our industrial and logistics portfolio (28.0% 
by value) performed well, delivering a capital 
surplus of 16.4%. As referred to above, the 
letting at 135 Theale Logistics Park and the 
strength of investor demand generated a 
substantial 42.7% surplus of £10.88 million. 
As at 31 March 2021 the portfolio net initial 
yield was 4.75% (31 March 2020: 4.02%) 
rising to 5.48% on the expiry of rent free 
periods (31 March 2020: 5.20%). This yield 
increase reflects the fall in values due to the 
Covid uncertainty coupled with the fact that 
we sold our largest asset at a low yield of 
4.16%. The reversionary yield, adopting the 
full net ERV and current book value was 
6.73% (31 March 2020: 6.41%). 
Cash collection
The table below highlights the quarterly 
experience for the Group regarding cash 
collection. The overall result for the year 
shows 96.0% of contracted rents were 
collected in cash and a further 2.0% 
(£0.45 million) to be collected under 
agreements put in place during the year. 
Of the total contracted rent of £22.38 million 
demanded for the year to 31 March 2021, 
only £0.39 million has been impaired.
Key: O/S – outstanding
Table 5: Cash collection
Mar 20 Quarter
Jun 20 Quarter
Sep 20 Quarter
Dec 20 Quarter
Total 4 Quarters
£
%
£
%
£
%
£
%
£
%
Paid within 7 days
3,342
62%
4,075
71%
3,872
69%
5,043
88%
16,333
73%
Paid after 7 days
1,714
31%
1,528
26%
1,477
26%
480
8%
5,200
23%
Cash received
5,056
94%
5,604
98%
5,348
96%
5,524
96%
21,532
96%
Paying monthly – O/S
0
0%
0
0%
0
0%
6
0%
6
0%
Not monthly – O/S
246
5%
19
1%
143
3%
34
1%
442
2%
Agreed but O/S
246
5%
19
1%
143
3%
40
1%
448
2%
Total received or agreed
5,302
99%
5,623
98%
5,491
98%
5,564
98%
21,980
98%
Impaired
78
1%
92
2%
92
2%
133
2%
395
2%
Total received or agreed
5,380
100%
5,715
100%
5,583
100%
5,697
100%
22,375
100%
Income statement
Adjusted profit before tax, our measure of 
recurring profit, increased by £0.23 million 
(2.4%) to £9.96 million (31 March 2020: £9.73 
million). Gross rental income was 2.1% lower 
as a result of significant disposals in the 
current and prior period, offset by reduced 
interest costs on lower borrowings. Adjusted 
basic earnings per share increased by 2.3% 
to 10.56 pps (31 March 2020: 10.32 pps).
At headline level, the loss before tax (IFRS) of 
£16.58 million (31 March 2020: £9.49 million 
profit), was mainly as a result of the valuation 
deficit of £23.36 million (after the IFRS 16 
adjustment) being bigger than the prior year 
(31 March 2020: deficit £2.20 million).
The 2.1% (£0.54 million) reduction in gross 
rental income to £24.62 million (31 March 
2020: £25.16 million) was a result of the 
significant disposals of 30 Lombard St, EC3 
and Station Plaza, Theale, offset by new 
rental income from the acquisitions at 
Willoughby Road, Bracknell and Rivergate, 
Newbury, the latter contributing a full year of 
rental income, and further increased by new 
lettings such as 135 Theale Logistics Park.
Property costs for the year of £3.15 million 
were £0.10 million less than the previous year 
(31 March 2020: £3.25 million) mainly due to 
the successful reclaiming of previously paid 
council rates received in the year which offset 
higher void costs.

Governance
Financial Statements
27
Strategic Report 
At McKay, we believe 
our relationship 
with each and every 
occupier is key to 
our business. 
Accordingly, we set 
out our commitment 
to existing and future 
occupiers in 
‘The McKay Way’. 
Lynda Perry
Head of Occupier Services
The  
McKay  
Way 
The McKay Way sets out our customer service commitment and describes 
our approach to achieve and maintain the important relationship between 
ourselves as landlord and our occupiers. Most of all, it is about McKay 
people directly managing our own properties; people who genuinely care 
and will always go the extra mile to assist our occupiers and do the right thing 
whilst maintaining excellent relationships with our suppliers and contractors 
to deliver exceptional service.
90%
of occupiers are happy with their McKay 
relationship with 10% remaining neutral.
01
Transparency
If we say we will, it happens – 
our word is our bond. Everything  
is clear, easy to understand 
and transparent.
02
Directly 
managed
McKay people in McKay 
buildings – looking after your 
teams and your business every 
day in the right way.
03
Customer 
service
You are at the heart of everything 
we do. We give our best every 
day and respond when you need 
us to.
04
Value for money
Too much, too little or just right. 
We will find the right value not 
just for the lease but for the 
operations and running costs 
that impact upon your business.
05
Unique spaces
We will help you to create a 
space that meets your needs 
and is right for your people, 
teams and business to thrive.
06
Flexibility
Let us help you to find the right 
space. If you need more we can 
help – if you need less, we can 
help you with that too.
07
Approachable
It all begins and ends with 
a conversation. Talk to us –  
we are here to help.
08
Business 
Continuity
Constant review and 
implementation of measures in 
line with Government guidance 
as a minimum standard.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
28
Property and Financial Review continued
Administration costs before IFRS 2 charges 
reduced to £5.17 million (31 March 2020: 
£5.39 million), primarily due to the 2018 
Performance Share Plan outturn of zero 
which reduced the National Insurance 
charge compared to the prior year, and 
Covid-19 related savings. The IFRS 2 charge 
increased during the year (£0.49 million) 
compared to the £0.22 million credit in the 
previous year. The credit in the previous year 
resulted from an accounting change in the 
calculation methodology of IFRS 2.
Whilst cash collection was strong during the 
Covid-19 affected period, as noted above, 
£0.39 million of the rents receivable have 
been impaired (31 March 2020: Nil). These 
relate to tenants that have gone into 
administration or amounts assessed as 
irrecoverable. The two tenants that account 
for half of this amount are a professional 
services firm and a hospitality tenant.
The interest cost for the year reduced to 
£6.35 million (31 March 2020: £7.36 million), 
due to lower drawings after the sale of 30 
Lombard St, EC3, which reduced drawn debt 
to £144.00 million at 31 March 2021 (31 March 
2020: £194.00 million). The weighted 
average cost of debt prior to amortisation 
and finance lease interest reduced slightly 
to 3.1% (31 March 2020: 3.4%). 
Balance sheet
Shareholders’ funds decreased from £309.17 
million to £289.90 million over the period, 
primarily due to the revaluation deficit for 
the year of £23.36 million as detailed above. 
In addition, the sale of 30 Lombard Street 
EC3 resulted in a £2.82 million loss on 
disposal after adjustment for IFRS 16 
(letting incentives).
EPRA NTA per share reduced by 6.1% over 
the period to 309 pence (31 March 2020: 329 
pence) and IFRS NAV per share reduced 
by 5.8% to 309 pence (31 March 2020: 328 
pence). The revaluation movement was the 
main driver for these changes. 
Debt facilities at the year end remained 
at £245.00 million (31 March 2020: 
£245.00 million), providing £101.00 million 
of headroom over our current drawings to 
support operational flexibility, deliver further 
portfolio initiatives and provide increased 
scope for new investments. The reduction in 
drawings was driven by the receipt from the 
sale of 30 Lombard St, EC3 (£70.06 million), 
offset by the purchase of Willoughby Rd, 
Bracknell (£10.66 million), capex on the 
portfolio of £6.71 million and paid dividends 
of £6.79 million. 
Dividends
The final dividend of 5.5 pence per share 
(31 March 2020: 4.4 pps) will be paid on 
22 July 2021 to those on the register as 
at 28 May 2021. With the interim dividend 
of 2.8 pence per share, this takes the total 
dividend for the year to 8.3 pence per 
share (31 March 2020: 7.2 pps), an increase 
of 15.3% on the previous year.
As a REIT, the Company is required to 
distribute at least 90.0% of rental income 
profits arising each financial year by way 
of a Property Income Distribution (“PID”). 
After taking into account allowable costs 
the final dividend will be paid as an ordinary 
dividend rather than a PID.
Financial risks
The financial risks are documented in the 
principal risks and uncertainty section of 
the Strategic Report on page 47.
Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors
T. Elliott
Property Director and Head of Sustainability
17 May 2021
G. Salmon
Chief Financial Officer
17 May 2021
The ratio of net debt to portfolio value  
(LTV) at the year end was 32.4%  
(31 March 2020: 37.6%). 
Net cash inflow from operating activities was 
£7.43 million (31 March 2020: inflow £6.81 
million) and interest cover based on adjusted 
profit plus finance costs as a ratio to finance 
costs was 2.49x (31 March 2020: 2.28x).
As a REIT, the Company is tax exempt in 
respect of qualifying capital gains and 
qualifying rental income, which covers the 
majority of the Company’s activities. However 
the sale of 30 Lombard St, EC3, was within 
three years of practical completion and 
therefore triggered a capital gains tax charge 
of £1.26 million under REIT regulations. This 
was estimated in the prior year at £1.39 
million, and finalised this year.
Defined benefit pension scheme
Under the application of accounting standard 
IAS19, the Company’s pension deficit slightly 
increased over the period from £2.10 million 
to £2.18 million.
A triennial valuation was completed for the 
period to 31 March 2020, which shows a 
funding level of 77.8% on a SFO (Statutory 
Funding Objective) valuation basis. 
The previous triennial valuation showed 
a funding level of 87.5% on a SFO valuation 
basis. As a result of this valuation, the 
company will continue the annual cash 
contribution to the scheme of £0.24 million. 
The scheme was closed to new entrants 
in the 1980’s, and now consists of six 
pensioners and no active members.
Share buy-back programme
The buy-back programme commenced on 
8 March 2021. The Board set the total size 
of the programme at up to £10.00 million, or 
approximately 5% of the Company’s issued 
ordinary share capital. As at 31 March 2021, 
538,542 shares had been purchased 
by the company at a cost of £1.15 million. 
The reported IFRS Basic NAV is 309 pps, 
however this equates to 307 pps prior 
to the buyback and can therefore be 
considered NAV accretive.

Governance
Financial Statements
29
Strategic Report 
Top five  
Assets
The top five assets  
represent 36.0%  
of the portfolio.
Prospero, Redhill
Freehold BREEAM ‘excellent’ office 
building developed by McKay in 2016.
50,370 sq ft
Mille, Brentford
Landmark freehold multi-let  
office on the ‘Golden Mile’.
96,700 sq ft
Portsoken House, EC3
Prominent leasehold office building on  
the eastern edge of the City of London.
49,570 sq ft
Swan Court, SW19
Prime office freehold in Wimbledon,  
originally developed by McKay in 2006.
57,500 sq ft
Theale Logistics Park, 
Reading
Industrial and logistics freehold 
BREEAM ‘excellent’ warehouse 
developed by McKay in 2020 and fully 
let to Amazon. 
135,095 sq ft
  See more on pages 14

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
30
Key 
Performance 
Indicators
Financial KPIs
Portfolio capital return (capital)  
(“PCR”) (%) (IFRS)
17
18
19
20
21
0.3
-4.2
7.4
1.4
1.7 
11.4 
-5%
15%
 
Description
The annual valuation and realised surpluses from the 
Company’s investment portfolio expressed as a percentage 
return on the valuation at the beginning of the year, adjusted 
for acquisitions and capital expenditure.
Performance
Negative returns as a result of the Covid-19 environment
Link to strategy: 
01   02   03
Total portfolio return (capital and 
income) (“TPR”) (%)
17
18
19
20
21
0.5
12.3
5.4
6.8
15.9
0%
20%
4.7
 
Description
The portfolio capital return and net rental income from 
investment properties for the year expressed as a percentage 
return on the valuation at the beginning of the year, adjusted 
for acquisitions and capital expenditure.
Performance
Flat overall returns with positive income return offset by 
negative capital return
Link to strategy: 
01   02   03
EPRA NTA value return  
(“NAV”) (%)
17
18
19
20
21
3.2
-3.8
9.4
4.4
3.6 
14.7 
-5%
25%
Description
The growth in adjusted net asset value per ordinary share 
plus dividends reinvested per ordinary share expressed 
as a percentage of the adjusted net asset value per share 
at the beginning of the year.
Performance
Negative returns as a result of the Covid-19 environment
Link to strategy: 
01   02   03
Total shareholder return  
(“TSR”) (%)
17
18
19
20
21
-30%
50%
-22.6
-8.6
36.2
27.3
-11.3
Description
The growth in the value of an ordinary share plus dividends 
reinvested during the year expressed as a percentage of 
the share price at the beginning of the year.
Performance
The post-lockdown response has driven the share price upward
Link to strategy: 
01   02   03

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
31
Non-financial KPIs
ESG: GRESB score (%)
17
18
19
20
21
0
100
75
77
62
68
65
Definition
GRESB assess and benchmarks the environmental, social and 
governance (“ESG”) performance of real estate assets. The 
GRESB Real Estate Assessment is the investor-driven global 
ESG benchmark and reporting framework for listed property 
companies, private property funds, developers and investors 
that invest directly in real estate.
Performance
Over the past eight years of submitting to the GRESB Real 
Estate ESG Benchmark we have seen steady improvement 
in our scores from scoring 37% in 2014, to 77% in 2021, our 
highest score to date. This year’s highest score also saw the 
achievement of a 4 star rating for the first time, demonstrating 
the business’s clear commitment to the sustainability agenda. 
We can attribute this improvement in such a challenging year 
to both the ongoing engagement with our tenants and wider 
work the team untertakes to embed sustainability into the core 
of our business.
Link to strategy: 
01   02   03
Portfolio carbon footprint (tonnes  
of CO2e)
17
18
19
20
21
1,438
2,401
2,042
2,592
0%
4,000
1,862
Definition
The portfolio carbon footprint is based on landlord-controlled 
energy consumption. The figures are calculated on a like-for like 
basis of the five-year period using UK Government Emissions 
Conversion Factors for Greenhouse Gas Company Reporting.
Performance
Like-for-like location based carbon emissions over the past five 
years have decreased from 2,592 tonnes in 2016/17 to 1,438 
tonnes in 2020/21. This large reduction of 44.5% is due to both 
the ongoing energy efficiency measures being implemented 
at our assets and the ongoing decarbonisation of the grid. 
Location based emissions are still tracked to ensure continued 
improvement in energy efficiency at our assets even though 
they are all on renewable electricity tariffs.
Link to strategy: 
01   02   03

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
32
Five-year summary
Financial measure
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Gross rental income (£’000)
24,625
25,164
21,608
21,844
20,790
Net rental income (£’000)
21,634
21,981
19,906
20,453
19,871
(Loss)/profit before taxation (£’000)
(16,583)
9,487
13,190
43,443
17,594
Adjusted profit before taxation (£’000)1
9,959
9,727
9,272
9,067
8,605
Investment properties (£’000)
437,900
510,000
482,700
460,150
429,915
Loans and borrowings (£’000)
(141,369)
(190,505)
(163,176)
(144,598)
(134,100)
Total equity (£’000)
289,902
309,166
311,083
306,440
270,792
Ordinary dividends per share (pence)
8.3
7.2
10.2
10.0
9.0
(Loss)/earnings per share – basic (pence)
(17.5)
8.6
14.0
46.3
18.8
Earnings per share – adjusted basic (pence)1
10.6
10.3
9.9
9.7
9.2
Net asset value per share (pence)
309
328
331
326
289
EPRA NTA/NAV per share (pence)1
309
329
326
322
303
Interest cover 
2.5
2.2
2.1
2.0
2.0
Loan to value 
33
38
33
32
32
1.	
See note 4 of the Financial Statements for APMs .
Five-year
Summary

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
33
EPRA Metrics 
and Update
EPRA Metric
Rationale
FY21
FY20
EPRA Earnings  
(pence per share)
Measure of a company’s underlying operating 
results and an indication of the extent to which 
current dividend payments are supported  
by earnings.
10.2
10.6
EPRA NTA 
(pence per share)
Reflects a company’s tangible assets values 
and assumes that entities buy and sell assets, 
thereby crystallising certain levels of unavoidable 
deferred tax liability.
309
329
EPRA NRV 
(pence per share)
Provides stakeholders the value required to 
rebuild the entity and assumes that no selling 
of assets takes place.
309
329
EPRA NDV 
(pence per share)
Provides stakeholders with the value under 
an orderly sale of business scenario, where 
deferred tax, financial instruments and certain 
other adjustments are calculated to the full extent 
of their liability, net of any resulting tax.
309
327
EPRA NIY 
A comparable measure for portfolio valuations, 
which should make it easier for investors to judge 
themselves how the valuation of portfolio X 
compares with portfolio Y. 
4.5%
3.8%
EPRA ‘topped-up’ NIY 
Incorporates an adjustment to the EPRA NIY 
in respect of the expiration of rent-free periods 
(or other unexpired lease incentives such 
as discounted rent periods and step rents). 
5.2%
5.2%
EPRA Vacancy Rate 
A ‘pure’ (%) measure of investment property 
space that is vacant, based on estimated 
rental value. 
14.6%
11.3%
EPRA Cost Ratios  
(includingvacant
property costs)
A key measure to enable meaningful 
measurement of the changes in a company’s 
operating costs. Companies are encouraged 
to use the EPRA Cost Ratios as a baseline 
to provide additional disclosures, where 
appropriate, on costs in the context of their 
own business model. 
31.8%
34.3%
(excluding vacant 
property costs) 
25.9%
25.3%
New EPRA Net Asset Value metrics
Over the last decade, the business model of many property 
companies has moved from long-term passive asset owners 
into active asset managers and capital allocators. As such, 
more than 16 years after the first introduction of the EPRA 
Best Practices Recommendations (“BPR”) Guidelines, a 
review of its main KPI was performed. 
This has resulted in the replacement of EPRA NAV and EPRA 
NNNAV with three new Net Asset Valuation metrics that have 
been introduced with the October 2019 EPRA BPR Guidelines 
and are applicable to McKay for the first time this financial year. 
A bridge between the historic and new NAV metrics can be found 
on page 127 of this report.
New scoring methodology 
In November 2019, EPRA’s Board of Directors decided to modify 
the methodology of the EPRA BPR survey to focus on stricter 
compliance. Not disclosing a KPI’s calculation will now result 
in a zero score for that KPI. 
Following on from this announcement we set out all EPRA 
metrics below, with supporting calculations on pages 126 to 128 
of this report.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
34
ESG Highlights 
During the year to 31 March 2021, we continued to build on our strong track record of sustainability 
achievements, despite the challenges posed by Covid-19. We are particularly proud to report that:
• 	
Our score in the 2020 Global Real 
Estate Sustainability Benchmark 
(“GRESB”) improved from 75 to 77, 
allowing us to achieve a 4-star rating for 
the first time, and placing us in the top 
40% of the reporting entities
• 	
Landlord-controlled energy 
consumption decreased by 16.4%  
on a like-for-like basis compared 
to our new baseline year 2019/20
• 	
Landlord-controlled like-for-like 
carbon emissions are down by 22% 
against our new baseline year of 
2019/20
• 	
Increased utility data coverage has 
been achieved across the board, with a 
particular focus on tenant energy, 
GHG emissions and water use
• 	
Measures have been put in place to 
ensure the continuity of our 100% 
zero-carbon electricity procurement 
status when new assets are acquired 
whilst we continue to seek ways to further 
reduce carbon at our developments
• 	
We continue to support health and 
wellbeing at our sites and secured 
mental health first aid training for 
building staff in 2020
Our sustainability advisor, JLL, continues to provide ongoing support to implement our strategy and reviews progress 
made against targets on a quarterly basis.
In our Sustainability Strategy Framework outlined on the opposite page, we set out our three long-term priorities 
with corresponding material risks, opportunities and objectives aligned to the UN Sustainable Development Goals. 
We set out our performance against the corresponding targets for the year and these can also be found on the ESG 
section of our website.
Sustainability Review
“Across our portfolio we are actively 
seeking ways to support the shift to a 
low-carbon built environment while 
continuing to support our customers  
in these challenging times by providing 
them with well-managed, healthy and 
productive spaces.”
Tom Elliott MRICS
Property Director and Head of Sustainability
Our sustainability vision and strategic framework
aims to ensure that our business is future-proofed,
resilient and responsive to changing stakeholder
expectations. It is fully aligned to our corporate
vision, mission and purpose and centred on the
delivery of ten objectives aligned to our three 
long-term ESG priorities:
Environment
Providing low-carbon, resource-efficient 
and healthy buildings (E)
Social
Being a customer-focused 
and flexible landlord (S)
Governance
Operating as a progressive and 
transparent business (G)
The Right Choice for a Sustainable Business.

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
35
Long-term Priorities
Material risks and opportunities
Objectives
2030 UN Sustainable Development Goals
•	
Accelerated building obsolescence 
without climate adaptation to a 
low-energy and low-carbon outlook
•	
Buildings more attractive to occupiers 
with improved building health, 
wellbeing and productivity integral 
to design and management
•	
High running costs with poor waste 
and resource management
•	
High levels of building accreditations 
to help improve sustainability 
performance across multiple metrics
•	
Actively participate in the transition 
towards a low-carbon economy 
by increasing our assets’ energy 
efficiency, generating and procuring 
renewable sources of energy 
and providing infrastructure for 
electric vehicles
•	
Pursue a circular approach to resource 
use that reduces construction and 
fit-out costs, increases the flexibility 
of our buildings, benefits local 
communities, reduces operational 
costs and reduces environmental 
impacts from waste
•	
Put health at the forefront of our property 
development and management strategy 
to help our customers’ businesses 
prosper and the people using our 
buildings to feel fit and well
•	
Financial and representational benefit 
of high levels of occupier attraction, 
satisfaction and retention
•	
Improve market and occupier 
awareness of positive portfolio 
and building credentials
•	
Continued technological innovation 
to improve occupier experience
•	
Social and commercial benefits of 
community inclusivity and wellbeing 
as a local business
•	
Provide outstanding customer service 
by being an approachable, responsive 
and proactive landlord
•	
Invest in digital infrastructure that 
enables our customers to be better 
connected, more productive and 
have a lower environmental impact
•	
Seek to ensure that our assets 
support modern workplace 
requirements and continue to 
engage our existing customers
•	
Identify opportunities to support 
the local communities around our 
assets, co-creating places where 
people and business can thrive
•	
The importance and appeal to 
all stakeholders of transparent 
compliance with the highest 
standards of governance guidelines
•	
Increasing pressure on investors 
to only consider companies that 
can demonstrate delivery of ESG 
commitments
•	
Improved portfolio resilience with 
a thorough and integrated approach 
to risk management, including climate 
and health and safety
•	
Business and employee benefits 
from high levels of engagement, 
wellbeing and equality
•	
Communicate clearly and directly 
with our stakeholders and maintain 
our culture of high levels of corporate 
governance
•	
Monitor and report transparently 
on our sustainable business 
performance and KPIs linked to 
each of our long-term priorities. 
Maintain our position in the GRESB
•	
Protect and enhance current and 
future value of our assets and our 
business by anticipating and 
responding to evolving risks, including 
environmental and social trends
	
03
Governance:
A progressive & 
transparent business
Upholding high standards of  
corporate governance, managing  
and disclosing sustainability risk 
and unlocking sustainable value
	
02
Social:
A customer-focused  
and flexible landlord
Supporting our local communities  
and our occupiers’ sustainability 
goals, and creating places where 
businesses and people can thrive
	
01
Environment:
Low-carbon, resource- 
efficient & healthy buildings
Focusing on long-term sustainability 
by creating low-carbon, resource-
efficient and healthy buildings

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
36
2019/20
2020/21
0
1,000
2,000
1,880
1,460
Environment
Low-carbon, resource-efficient and healthy buildings
It has now been six years since we committed to achieving better sustainability outcomes in relation 
to how our properties are operated, developed and refurbished. We continue to improve on the 
portfolio’s resource efficiency, waste production and GHG emissions and in this way we are actively 
supporting the shift towards a more sustainable built environment, beneficial to occupiers, investors 
and wider-society. We set ourselves 14 targets to deliver low-carbon, resource-efficient and healthy 
buildings for the year to 31 March 2021, of which 93% were fully achieved. 
81%
absolute reduction  
in carbon emissions 
since 2016/17
4
properties rated 
BREEAM ‘Excellent’  
or ‘Outstanding’
Environmental performance
•	
Reduction in landlord-controlled, 
like-for-like energy consumption 
by 16.4% against 2019/20
•	
Renewable electricity contract in place 
which has ensured the continuity of 
our 100% zero-carbon electricity 
procurement status as soon as 
possible when new assets are acquired
Electric vehicle charging
•	
Currently in the process of reviewing 
electric vehicle charging infrastructure 
at Swan Court, 329 Bracknell, 
Pegasus Place and Sopwith Drive 
to help our occupiers in the transition 
to a low-carbon economy
Like-for-like Carbon Emissions –  
location-based (CO2e)
Like-for-like Energy Consumption (kWh) 
EPC review and strategy
•	
Undertaken a full review of the Energy 
Performance Certificates across 
our portfolio and identified energy 
efficiency upgrade opportunities as 
well as climate adaptation measures 
to consider
IEQ sensor project
•	
We are currently in the process of 
trialling indoor environmental quality 
sensors measuring air quality and 
thermal comfort within our own offices 
and in a pilot building in our portfolio. 
We hope to then roll out the monitors 
across our portfolio to ensure we are 
providing our occupiers with an 
optimised workplace environment
2019/20
2020/21
Electricity
Natural Gas
0
250,000
500,000
750,000
10,000,000
 2,851,692 
 5,647,743 
 2,484,832 
 4,623,180 
Total portfolio energy and carbon footprint
FY16/17
FY17/18
FY18/19
FY19/20
FY20/21
% Change 
against 
FY16/17
% Change 
against 
FY19/20
Electricity (kWh)
 6,307,689 
 6,205,282 
 7,022,083 
 7,296,264 
 7,220,294 
14.47%
-1.04%
Natural Gas (kWh)
 3,384,904 
 3,647,458 
 2,593,505 
 3,272,902 
 3,481,742 
2.86%
6.38%
GHG (location-based)*
 3,057 
 2,734 
 2,369 
 2,357 
 2,256 
-26.21%
-4.30%
GHG (market -based)*
 3,057 
 2,734 
 478 
 572 
 594 
-80.57%
3.85%
Energy (kWh)
 9,692,593 
 9,852,740
 9,615,588 
 10,569,166 
 10,702,036 
10.41%
1.26%
Intensity (energy / floor area)
 6.73 
6.90
 6.73 
 7.79 
 7.21 
7.04%
-7.49%
*	
Scope 3 business travel not included
Sustainability Review continued

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
37
Sources of greenhouse gas emissions
2020/21 
tonnes of CO2e 
(location-based 
calculation)1
2020/21 
tonnes of CO2e 
(market-based 
calculation)2
2019/20 
tonnes of CO2e 
(location-based 
calculation)1
2019/20 
tonnes of CO2e 
(market-based 
calculation)2
Scope 1
Energy
Gas (EPRA sBPR fuels – Abs)
 594 
 594 
 572 
 572 
Fugitive
emissions
Refrigerant emissions
De minimis
De minimis
De minimis
De minimis
Scope 2
Energy
Landlord-controlled electricity (EPRA 
sBPR Elec – Abs)
 951 
0
 1,631 
0
Scope 3
Energy
Transmission and distribution losses 
(EPRA sBPR 3.6)
 132 
0
 160 
0
Tenant
Energy
Landlord-obtained energy sub-
metered to tenants (EPRA sBPR 3.6)
 578 
0
–
0
Energy
Emissions from employee business 
travel for which the Company does not 
own or control
 4 
 4 
 8 
 8 
Total
 2,259 
 598 
 2,370 
 580 
Intensity
tCO2e/$m Adjusted profit before tax 
(Scopes 1 and 2 only) 
155.22
59.68
226.36
58.78
1.	
For the ‘location-based’ method of emissions calculations, standard emissions factors from the UK Government Emissions Conversion Factors for Greenhouse Gas Company 
Reporting 2020 were used.
2.	
For the ‘market-based’ method, the Company’s contractual instruments for the purchase of certified renewable electricity were accounted for, resulting in a significant reduction in 
the Company’s carbon footprint in practice.
Data qualifying notes:
•	
This is the Company’s eighth year of disclosure under the Mandatory Greenhouse Gas Emissions Reporting regulations and second under the recently introduced Streamlined 
Energy and Carbon Reporting regulations.
•	
The Company’s emissions for the year to March 2020 have been restated due to Q4 2019/20 data not being available at the time of reporting in 2020; this final period of data is 
estimated in every Annual Report. 
•	
This statement has been prepared in line with the main requirements of the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard and ISO 14064-1:2006.
•	
Within Scope 1 emissions, refrigerant-related emissions for the period were de minimis.
•	
Scope 2 dual reporting is undertaken, which discloses one Scope 2 emission figure according to a location-based method and another according to a market-based method.
•	
Emissions from employee business travel (by vehicle) have been calculated and reported under Scope 3 emissions for the first time. Emissions have been calculated on a distance 
travelled basis, where the relevant vehicle emissions factor has been applied to expensed mileage.
•	
Scope 3 Landlord-obtained energy sub-metered to tenants, is calculated through submeter recharge. These emissions are not included under Scope 2 to prevent double counting. 
2020/21 is the first year this separation has been demonstrated.
•	
An operational control consolidation approach has been adopted.
2019/20
2020/21
0
5,000
10,000
15,000
20,000
25,000
 23,641 
 17,760 
FY 19/20
FY 20/21
0%
25%
50%
75%
100%
56%
38.59%
44%
61.41%
Total Recycled
Total Non-Recycled
Target Non-Recycled
FY 19/20
Waste 
(tonnes)
FY 20/21
0
40
80
120
160
64.230
4.821
37.164
20.523
2.835
88.948
61.41%
Incineration (with energy recovery) Facility 
Recycling Facility 
Composting
Water Like-for-like   
Consumption (m3)
Like-for-like Waste  
Recycling Rate (%)
Like-for-like Total Waste  
by Disposal Routes (kg)

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
38
Case study
McKay’s net zero carbon ambition
One of the three core objectives of our sustainability strategy is to focus on creating low-carbon, resource-efficient and healthy 
buildings, and we have made significant progress already.
Taking our objective one step further, from 1 April 2021 we have aligned our approach on carbon reductions to the UK’s net zero 
carbon goal, aiming to achieve a net zero carbon portfolio well in advance of the UK’s 2050 ambition. We will continue to report
on our progress against this goal each year.
The specifics of our high-level pathway to a net zero carbon portfolio are laid out below.
Developments and Major Refurbishments
Alignment with the RIBA Climate Challenge benchmark
	
f From 2021 onwards, for any new developments or major 
refurbishments entering planning, embodied carbon will be 
minimised to the furthest extent feasible using industry - accepted 
and practical measures and materials available at that point in time. 
We will aim to align with the RIBA Climate Challenge benchmark 
which starts at <800KgCO2e/m2 in 2020 and progressively 
reduces to <500KgCO2e/m2 in 2030.
Design and process innovations
	
f We will seek continuous improvements in building design  
through the advice from our contractors and consultants such  
that each development embraces architectural and  
construction innovations.
Certification
	
f We will monitor the situation as it evolves, but anticipate that  
every development will be aligned to the most appropriate  
carbon benchmark or certification available at that time.
Achieving net zero in operation
	
f All new developments will target zero carbon in operation with the 
goal of achieving this by 2030 – i.e. maximising onsite generation, 
incorporating low / zero carbon technologies and able to operate 
solely on carbon- free or carbon-neutral forms of power and fuel; 
this will reduce the need for McKay and our occupiers to purchase 
emissions offsets to cover the operations of those buildings.
Standing Portfolio and Acquisitions
Upgrades to asset ratings
	
f In addition to upgrading our assets’ EPC ratings over time in  
line with our planned programme of improvement works,  
and investigate NABERS Certification as this matures.
Reductions in landlord- controlled energy consumption
	
f We will seek to continue to reduce the operational energy 
consumption of our portfolio to minimise running costs for our 
occupiers, and will aim to align our assets’ energy performance 
with the UKGBC ‘Paris Proof Targets’ where asset type specific 
targets are available.
Implementing zero- carbon energy technology
	
f Landlord-controlled electricity is already supplied via  
zero- carbon tariffs and we will ensure this procured renewable 
energy demonstrates additionality in line with the principles of 
NZC. Our next goal is to significantly reduce – ideally eliminate – 
landlord- controlled gas consumption and associated Scope 1 
carbon emissions from our buildings by 2040, by replacing 
gas-fuelled HVAC systems with electrical or other zero carbon 
systems whenever lease events allow for minimal disruption.
Working with our occupiers
	
f We will engage with each current and new occupier across our 
portfolio over the coming years and work with them on practical 
solutions to reduce or eliminate their own carbon footprints over time.
	
f We will review progress on an annual basis to ensure that we stay 
on track to reach a zero carbon portfolio well before 2050.
Environment
Sustainability Review continued
Bracknell 329

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
39
Targets
Low-carbon, resource-efficient and healthy buildings
Target Status
Actively participate in the transition towards a low-carbon economy by increasing our assets’ energy efficiency, 
generating and procuring renewable sources of energy and providing infrastructure for electric vehicles
Ensure the electricity procured for any new asset acquired in the year ended 31 March 2021 period is 
shifted to a renewable electricity tariff by the end of the year, to maintain McKay’s 100% zero-carbon 
electricity procurement status 
Achieved
Electricity: Achieve a year-on-year 4% reduction in like-for-like landlord controlled electricity consumption 
and work towards 20% reduction in carbon emissions by the year ended 31 March 2025 from the year 
ended 31 March 2020
Achieved
Gas: Achieve a year-on-year 4% reduction in like-for-like landlord controlled gas consumption and work 
towards 20% reduction in carbon emissions by the year ended 31 March 2025 from the year ended 
31 March 2020
Achieved
Develop a long-term approach for decarbonising new developments and further reducing the carbon 
footprints of existing assets
Achieved
Review all EPC ratings, energy efficiency measures, and climate adaptation measures across the portfolio, 
and develop upgrade plans where needed
Achieved
Identify a development/refurbishment project (if a suitable opportunity arises) where McKay could  
seek to achieve net zero carbon (as a pilot) before the year ended 31 March 2022
Achieved
Continue to ensure that all new developments and major refurbishments achieve minimum BREEAM 
‘Excellent’ rating and an EPC rating of at least B
Achieved
Conduct a feasibility study for installing electric vehicle charging infrastructure at selected assets
Achieved
Pursue a circular approach to resource use that reduces construction and fit-out costs, increases the flexibility  
of our buildings, benefits local communities, reduces operational costs and reduces environmental impacts  
from waste
Waste: Increase the recycling rate for the portfolio by 5% across properties for which the Group 
has management control, and work towards a 25% increase by 2024/25 from the year ended  
31 March 2025 from the year ended 31 March 2020
Not achieved
Water: Achieve a year-on-year 4% reduction in like-for-like landlord controlled water consumption,  
and work towards 20% reduction by the year ended 31 March 2025 from the year ended 31 March 2020
Achieved
Proceed with the implementation of water-saving technologies in a minimum of two assets
Achieved
Put health at the forefront of our property development and management strategy to help our customers’  
businesses prosper and the people using our buildings to feel fit and well
Install indoor environmental quality sensors in a trial space to monitor the performance of both the 
space and the sensors 
Achieved
Undertake a post occupancy evaluation at a suitable asset, to identify the extent to which occupier 
experience matches with the design intent
Achieved
McKay employees to tour an exemplary environmentally sustainable and healthy building, for inspiration 
and knowledge-building
Not achieved

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
40
Serving our customers to the best of our ability is at the 
core of our business and in the year to 31 March 2021 we 
achieved 100% of our annual targets in relation to enhancing 
customer service and delivering high-quality workplaces.
Case study
Occupier survey
We directly manage all our assets and ‘The McKay Way’ documents our 
promise to create an environment that supports our occupiers’ businesses. 
We believe that maintaining strong relationships with our occupiers is key 
to a successful and sustainable partnership. As part of our progressive 
customer service commitment, we undertook another occupier satisfaction 
survey in October 2020. Each of our occupiers was invited to take part in an 
online questionnaire. This was the third occupier survey, which enabled us 
to devise a questionnaire well-suited to providing meaningful answers. The 
purpose of the survey was to give a voice to our occupiers, to listen and to 
understand where we can improve.
The results of the occupier survey showed an overall increase in 
performance and occupier satisfaction between 2019 and 2020. 
Key statistics showed:
•	
90% of occupiers are satisfied to very satisfied with their direct 
relationship with the Company (10% neutral);
•	
89% of occupiers are satisfied to very satisfied with our response 
to Covid-19;
•	
88% said we had good to exceptional understanding of occupier 
business needs; and 
•	
78% said they were likely to recommend us as a landlord.
While we believe these results are impressive, we are always striving to 
improve. Our Occupier Service Team undertook a detailed review of the 
results and contacted occupiers that had indicated there was room for 
improvement. We engaged tenants directly in this way to see how we could 
create a positive environment to further support their business growth.
As part of the survey, we also took the opportunity to link the responses with 
our commitment to the community. For each of the survey responses 
received we pledged a donation to charity. One of our employees suggested 
supporting the charity MIND, an organisation that supports mental health, 
which we felt was fitting given the increase in support needed as a result of 
Covid-19. We were delighted with the response from our occupiers and due to 
a government matching scheme, the Company’s total donation to MIND’s 
‘The Big Give’ amounted to £3,000. 
2020/21 has been a difficult year for all of us, 
including the need to adapt to new ways of 
working, almost overnight. We have been 
committed to supporting our customers to 
navigate the challenges brought about by 
the pandemic. Through focusing on health 
and wellbeing, alongside exploring the 
deployment of smart building technology 
across our portfolios, we are ensuring that 
our assets are both people-centric and 
high-performance spaces.
Occupier survey and action plan
•	
In 2020 we issued a survey to our occupiers 
which provided us with valuable feedback on 
occupiers’ perceptions of us as a landlord and 
their experiences of the properties in which 
they occupy
•	
Overall, responses demonstrated a general 
increase in performance and satisfaction 
when compared to 2019 and 88% of 
respondents depict our understanding of their 
business as ranging from good to exceptional
•	
Covid-19 specific questions were asked and 
89% of respondents were satisfied with our 
response to the pandemic
•	
Feedback was requested and received on 
issues such as natural light, acoustics, design 
and productivity, and an action plan was 
subsequently developed, with a view to 
bolstering performance in these areas
Mental health first aid training
•	
Mental health first aid training sessions have 
been organised for front-of-house and occupier 
services teams at all multi-let properties
•	
Our on-site teams at all of these locations were 
encouraged to attend this training, in efforts to 
promote health and wellbeing for all on site
Charity initiatives and contributions
•	
Despite the challenges posed by Covid-19 we 
remained committed to our community partners 
– not-for-profit social enterprise Ethical Reading 
and Reading University’s Pathways to Property 
programme. We understand the importance 
of fostering young talent, and senior leaders 
continue to have a productive mentoring 
relationship with Reading University students
•	
We continue to be a supporter of the Land Aid 
charity and this year charitable contributions 
included MIND, a charity which has been 
dedicated to tackling mental health issues 
since 1946, NHS Charities Together and 
a local hospice
Social
Sustainability Review continued
A customer-focused and flexible landlord

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
41
Targets
A customer-focused and flexible landlord
Target Status
Provide outstanding customer service by being an approachable, responsive and proactive landlord
Carry out an occupier survey in the year to 31 March 2021, including questions on key sustainability issues
Achieved
Seek to ensure that our assets support modern workplace requirements and continue to engage our 
existing customers
Implement a follow-up action plan based on the findings of the 31 March 2020 occupier survey
Achieved
Organise a mental health first aid training session for site teams and invite occupiers
Achieved
Identify opportunities to support the resilience of local communities around our assets, co-creating 
places where people and business can thrive
Continue to support identified charity partners throughout the year. In light of Covid-19, consider how  
we can work with charity partners to help solve challenges created by the pandemic and enhance local 
community health and economic resilience going forward
Achieved
In relevant tender exercises, require suppliers to provide a Living Wage option
Achieved
Invest in digital infrastructure that enables our customers to be better connected, more productive  
and have a lower environmental impact
Document our approach and standards for digital infrastructure and smart building technologies across 
the portfolio, to share with existing and potential tenants
Achieved
Portsoken House, EC3

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
42
Over the past year we’ve continued to strengthen our 
approach to sustainability performance management 
and disclosure, materially improving data coverage 
across our assets against a number of KPIs. 
We’ve also made good progress towards integrating 
the requirements of the Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”) into our corporate 
governance, risk management and reporting, with 
this year being the first time we have integrated a 
TCFD statement into our Annual Report. 
For this year end the TCFD requirements are not 
mandatory, however we have included additional 
disclosure to enhance transparency ahead of it 
becoming effective next year. 
Case study
Working Practices Workshop 
– ‘Lockdown Lessons’
Building on our commitment to increase employee engagement, 
in September 2020 the CEO invited the workforce to an internal 
workshop entitled ‘Lockdown Lessons’. As part of the Company’s 
response to Covid-19 and the first national lockdown, the key aims 
of the workshop were to:
•	
Enable the team to reflect on their own personal experiences 
throughout the first lockdown
•	
Discuss a wide range of ideas from staff welfare to improving 
business efficiency
•	
Consider what outcomes could be taken forward to a post-Covid age
•	
Feed back the views of the workforce to the Board
•	
At the end of the workshop, the groups shared their observations, 
ideas and conclusions. These included, but were not limited to:
•	
Recognition that there had been a wide range of 
experiences throughout lockdown and that all staff felt 
they had been productive and had remained positive
•	
Despite widespread working from home, McKay’s IT 
systems remained effective, albeit personal contact 
had been missed and team spirit affected
•	
Increased flexible working could enhance work/life balance
•	
Employees felt safe in a Covid-safe work environment, 
however, it was considered essential that familiarity didn’t 
lead to complacency and that standards were maintained 
or improved where necessary
Outputs from the session fed into new working practices for our staff, 
including proposed flexible working and improved IT support and training. 
Since the workshop, we have been through two further lockdowns and 
the outcomes of the session have given our staff further confidence 
and experience to work their way through such challenges.
We set ourselves seven targets to advance our Progressive 
and Transparent Business objectives for the year ended  
31 March 2021, all of which have been fully achieved.  
Moreover, another year of improving our Global Real Estate 
Sustainability Benchmark (“GRESB”) rating provides evidence 
of the ongoing strength and validity of our approach.
GRESB performance
•	
Achieved a 4-star rating in 2020, increasing our GRESB 
score from 75 to 77
•	
Continued to expand our collection of occupier 
environmental data; contributing to higher scoring  
in the GRESB Performance Indicator section
Responsible procurement
•	
The year to March 2021 saw an update of our 
Responsible Procurement policy.The policy manages 
the Company’s environmental and social risks in its 
supply chain and is supported by a set of minimum 
sustainability standards for contractors
•	
As part of the policy, we have committed to monitoring 
the performance of suppliers and their adherence to 
the Company’s policies. We therefore conducted a 
Responsible Procurement audit of a selection of our top 
suppliers to ensure that our suppliers were maintaining 
their performance against our standards
Climate risk management (see our TCFD 
statement on page 44)
Employee engagement and adapting to Covid-19
•	
Our employees participate in an annual evaluation 
process undertaken by their line manager and receive 
feedback on current and future objectives
•	
We understand the importance of continuous 
professional development and support all our staff 
to pursue both on-the-job training and attend external 
additional courses and events as required to maintain 
and enhance their skills
•	
All staff are also required to complete yearly training 
on anti-bribery, data security and equality & diversity. 
For more information see the Nomination Committee 
Report page 62
•	
We also continue to expand and enhance our 
knowledge with regards to material ESG risks, most 
recently through a climate risk CPD session delivered 
by our sustainability advisors
•	
Covid-19 – our employees have risen to the various 
challenges they have been presented with through these 
unprecedented times and worked flexibly at home with 
the support of IT systems and keeping in touch with their 
teams through regular remote meetings. See case study 
on Working Practices Workshop
•	
DesNed, Nick Shepherd, held a workforce engagement 
meeting with employees in July 2020 and fed their views 
back to the Board
Governance
Sustainability Review continued
A progressive and transparent business

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
43
Targets
A progressive and transparent business
Target Status
Protect and enhance the value of our assets and future-proof our business by anticipating and responding 
to evolving environmental and social trends
Review all asset websites and asset profiles on the corporate website to ensure that sustainability 
and health and wellbeing features are appropriately incorporated 
Achieved
Risk Sub-committee to review the corporate risk register quarterly, including key climate risks
Achieved
Organise a CPD session for employees on climate risk
Achieved
Develop a checklist of climate adaptation measures to review for relevance for each asset development/
refurbishment plan
Achieved
Monitor and report transparently on our sustainable business performance by using KPIs linked to each of our 
focus areas, and maintain our position in GRESB
Communicate clearly and directly with our stakeholders and maintain our culture of sound corporate governance
Continue reporting to the Global Real Estate Sustainability Benchmark and maintain performance 
relative to 2019
Achieved
Aim to increase data coverage across all aspects, with a particular focus on tenant energy, GHG 
emissions and water data
Achieved
Further align future reporting to the TCFD framework, agreeing new metrics to report on in 2020/21 
as our approach to climate risk management evolves during this financial year
Achieved
Pegasus Place, Crawley

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
44
Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures Statement 
Governance
Disclosure of 
governance on 
climate-related risks 
and opportunities
Our climate and principal risk review processes have been joined up such that climate risk review is integrated 
within the core strategy, with the Board being ultimately responsible for determining the nature and the extent 
of the Group’s principal risks. Physical and transitional climate risks are included within the risk register, which 
is in turn reviewed by the Risk Sub-committee on a quarterly basis in order to establish which are material to 
the Group. The Risk Sub-committee is supported by specialist advisors at JLL on how to assess both 
physical and transitional climate risks. 
Strategy
Disclosure of actual 
and potential impacts 
of climate-related risks 
and opportunities on 
the organisation’s 
business, strategy and 
financial planning
We have identified that climate-related risks could impact on the Company by reducing:
1.	 Asset desirability to occupiers due to buildings no longer being fit for purpose, driven by obsolescence 
in relation to location, design or operation.
2.	 Our ability to dispose of assets, on account of the growing investor focus on climate-related risks.
3.	 Access to capital and also negatively impacting the firm’s reputation, driven by concerns over how 
well assets are adapted for climate change and how effectively occupiers are positioned in relation 
to a low-carbon economy.
We have taken action to increase the resource efficiency of our assets and develop and refurbish properties 
to achieve higher sustainability standards. In this way we are actively supporting the shift towards a low-
carbon economy and the circular built environment that offers our occupiers a better quality workplace at a 
competitive service cost. The result of this is bolstered occupier and investor confidence in the environmental 
performance of our assets. McKay additionally uses climate risk information to inform acquisition and 
disposal decisions, and asset business planning to maximise the long-term attractiveness of assets to 
the market and to decrease obsolescence risk.
Risk 
Management
Disclosure of the 
Company’s process for 
identifying, assessing 
and managing climate 
related risks 
Our Board is committed to ensuring that the business is resilient and responsive to changing stakeholder 
expectations and future events. The Board is fully supported in all activities relating to this by the Audit & Risk 
Committee, Risk Sub-committee and wider management team. The Company is continually improving on its 
understanding and assessing the potential impact of physical changes, including extreme weather such as 
flooding events and longer-term shifts in climate patterns, as well as the transitional changes in terms of 
emissions pricing, costs from adopting lower emission technology, regulation of products, legislation and 
consumer behaviour. Our risk register is reviewed on a quarterly basis and updated to keep track of the 
changing nature of these risks. Climate risks are assessed and managed in line with best practice guidelines 
and this information is then used to inform key business activities in the marketplace.
Metrics and 
Targets
Disclosure of metrics 
and targets that allow 
the Company to assess 
and manage climate-
related risks and 
opportunities
The metrics that we use to assess all climate-related risks and opportunities are tracked within the corporate 
risk management process as outlined above. Material issues and associated objectives are reported publicly 
via a number of channels, such as in our Annual Report and yearly ESG Review documents, categorised 
under the headings of Environment, Social and Governance. Measures such as those listed under our 
Environment heading contribute to the mitigation of climate risks through limiting our environmental impact, 
and include the following:
•	 Reduced landlord-controlled, like-for-like energy consumption by 4% against 2019/20
•	 New renewable electricity contract in place covering 100% of landlord controlled assets and enabling a 
flexible arrangement to accommodate portfolio flux
•	 Energy reductions anticipated in 2020/21 through the installation of new HVAC systems at four properties
•	 Integration of climate adaption measures into our development checklist
Despite ambitious targets, we continue to achieve strong progress towards reducing our overall 
environmental impact and have reduced like-for-like energy consumption year-on-year since 2017/18 
and like-for-like GHG emissions year-on-year since 2016/17.
Sustainability Review continued

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
45
Principal Risks 
and Uncertainties
Risk governance structure
The Board
The Board develops the 
Company’s strategic approach 
to risk and maintains overall 
responsibility for monitoring the 
effectiveness of the Company’s 
risk management and internal 
control systems.
The Audit and 
Risk Committee
Membership:
Independent Non-Executive 
Directors
The Audit and Risk Committee, 
on behalf of the Board, reviews 
the effectiveness of the Company’s 
internal financial control and 
internal control risk management 
systems.
The Risk
Sub-committee
Membership:
Executive Directors
The Risk Sub-committee maintains 
the Company’s risk register, 
designs and maintains the 
Company’s financial control and 
internal risk management systems 
and advises on emerging potential 
risk exposure.
The Board’s overall strategy is based on a 
low/medium risk appetite determined by 
an assessment of the prospects within 
our chosen real estate markets and 
compliance with the stringent 
requirements of the REIT regime.
This consistent long-term strategy has 
proved to be successful through numerous 
property cycles with the inherent risks of 
property development and investment 
mitigated by internal portfolio management 
by professionals with extensive market 
experience located at the geographic 
centre of the portfolio.
On an individual property basis, risk can 
be high. This is especially the case with 
speculative development projects.  
However, the risk is carefully assessed, 
taking into account financial, physical, legal, 
environmental sustainability and future 
climate-related impacts. 
Any decisions made are not only in respect 
of the relevant property, but also on a 
portfolio-wide basis.
Decision making is based on an open culture, 
with clearly defined terms of reference for 
the internal Risk Sub-committee, overseen 
by an independent Board. Although 
economic conditions within our selected 
markets of the South East and London 
are beyond our control, they have proven 
to be more resilient and less volatile through 
the regular property cycles than the market 
as a whole.
The Company’s strategy of sector and 
geographic diversity within these markets 
adds value in positive market conditions and 
spreads risk in negative market conditions.
An ongoing process for identifying, 
evaluating and managing emerging and 
principal risks faced by the Company was in 
place throughout the year to 31 March 2021, 
as evidenced by the Covid-19 review, and up 
to the date of approval of the Annual Report 
and Financial Statements. Further detail can 
be found in the Corporate Governance 
Report on page 58.
A robust assessment of the emerging 
principal risks facing the Company has been 
carried out and the principal risks are listed 
on pages 46 to 49.
Low
Medium
High
Macroeconomic
Financial 
Portfolio
Corporate
Risk appetite
The Board’s appetite in respect of the four key areas of risk identified by the Risk Sub-committee 
is as follows:

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
46
Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued
Principal risks  
and their impact
How risk  
is managed
Risk exposure 
change in the year
Macroeconomic environment 
Covid-19 impact
Stakeholder health and 
wellbeing, economic 
recession, negative impact 
on rents, capital values and 
portfolio performance, 
structure changes in 
working practices.
Continued compliance with government guidance. Developed Covid 
compliant measures throughout the business.
Continued investment in IT to ensure operational resilience with closure 
of the Company’s head office.
Direct management of the portfolio properties to ensure close 
communication with occupiers and continued operational efficiency.
Scenario testing to provide headroom guidance to loan covenants.
Market awareness of occupier trends, and commercial flexibility 
to respond as appropriate.
Assumptions within the Group’s viability statement have been widened 
to include the impact of Covid-19 on the business.
Covid-19 is a continuing 
risk impacting the 
Company and its 
stakeholders since the 
beginning of March 
2020. The impact has 
been unprecedented 
and is likely to continue 
throughout 2021.
Other macro  
economic risk 
Lack of economic growth 
and a recessionary 
environment leading to 
reduced occupier demand 
and higher voids.
Disorderly Brexit damages 
the UK economy.
Major climate-related shift 
in policy and investment 
decision making.
Whilst the Board recognises it has limited control over many external risks, 
it monitors economic indicators and tailors delivery of the Company’s 
strategy accordingly.
Climate risk is integrated into the updated due diligence process for 
purchasing , development, refurbishment and management. These risk 
assessments will help ensure existing and new assets at risk of negative 
impact are identified and the risk mitigated. 
Ensure and communicate to stakeholders high levels of governance 
and inform investors of our delivery of ESG commitments. External 
sustainability advisor retained to measure, advise and set comprehensive 
annual ESG targets.
Ongoing uncertainty in 
relation to the departure 
from the EU that could 
impact on corporate 
decision making and 
increased sector risk.

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
47
Principal risks  
and their impact
How risk  
is managed
Risk exposure 
change in the year
Financial 
Interest rate rise
Leading to lower profits.
The Board’s policy is to borrow at both fixed and floating rates of interest.
A £65 million fixed facility.
Further hedging remains 
under review.
Lack of liquidity
Increasing the cost of 
borrowing and the ability to 
borrow.
This is managed through a mixture of short and long-term bank facilities 
to ensure sufficient funds are available to cover potential liabilities arising 
against projected cashflows.
A £180 million revolving 
credit facility secured 
in April 2019 with a 
syndicate of lenders 
replaced the previous 
bilateral facilities and 
secures debt facilities 
for the next three years.
Breach of financial 
covenants on bank 
borrowings
As a result of rental or capital 
movement.
Compliance with bank covenants is closely monitored by the Board which 
regularly reviews various forecast models to help its financial planning.
Throughout the period 
the Company complied 
with all such covenants. 
Covid-19 continues 
to increase this area 
of risk exposure.
Major occupier default 
Losing a significant occupier 
that materially impacts profits.
This is monitored using Dun & Bradstreet checks for new occupiers together 
with ongoing credit checks and internal credit control. The Board receives 
regular information on rental arrears and rent collection activities.
The impact of Covid-19 has resulted in tighter monitoring of rent collecting 
and outstanding rent due. Earlier intervention by asset managers to discuss 
occupiers’ situations and development repayment plans has been actioned 
where appropriate. The historic Covid impact on rent collection was 
managed effectively for the year to 31 March 2021 resulting in 98% collected 
or agreed and 2% impaired.
Part of our climate risk assessment process includes a high-level review of 
occupier business activities and the risk of impact of carbon/climate policies 
on occupier viability.
Ensure our assets are technologically innovative and our occupiers are 
aware of the sustainability credentials to help increase tenant retention.
Taxation
REIT non-compliance.
As a REIT, the Company is required to distribute at least 90% of rental 
income profits each year. Internal monitoring is in place.
Throughout the period 
the Company complied 
with the regulations.
Key 
Risk exposure in the last year:
Link to strategy:
Increased
Delivery of development programme
Unchanged
Release of portfolio income potential by capturing reversion
Reduced
Scope for future growth

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
48
Principal Risks and Uncertainties continued
Principal risks  
and their impact
How risk  
is managed
Risk exposure 
change in the year
Portfolio 
Portfolio strategy
Strategy at odds with 
economic conditions and 
occupier demand.
The Board continually reviews its strategy against its objectives, taking 
into consideration the economic conditions, future climate-related 
impacts, the property market cycle and occupier demand.
The Company focuses entirely on the South East and London in 
established and proven markets.
An experienced and proven acquisition team with a wide network of 
contacts and advisers ensure the Company is well placed to view and 
assess potential investment opportunities. The strategy reflects 
future-proofing assets to meet demand for low-carbon and climate-
adapted work places.
All investment opportunities are subject to full due diligence procedures 
including physical, legal, environmental and sustainability considerations.
Covid-19 has introduced 
greater market and 
economic uncertainty.
Development/
refurbishment
Delays, overruns or other 
contractual disputes leading 
to increased costs, delayed 
delivery and reduced 
profitability.
Failure of contractor. 
Construction cost inflation. 
Planning constraints.
Not meeting market demand.
The Board is regularly presented with details of capital expenditure and 
progress on developments, including appraisals and sensitivity analysis.
Regular appraisals of developments and refurbishments are carried out.
Contractors are assessed for financial stability and historic performance.
Design and build contracts are issued where appropriate; others are fully 
designed prior to commencement of works.
The Company continually monitors planning and regulatory reform and 
takes advice from external advisers and industry specialists. All new 
developments and major refurbishments will target a minimum BREEAM 
‘Excellent’ rating and an EPC rating of at least ‘B’ to improve carbon footprint 
and maximise occupier appeal.
The newly updated development checklist takes into account climate 
adaptation needs and carbon emissions mitigation requirements up to 2030.
Development risk is 
limited to ongoing 
refurbishments.
Reduction in rental values 
Exposure to volatility of 
rental values.
Developing, refurbishing and managing the portfolio in order to offer new 
and Grade ‘A’ space performing well on environmental matters to attract 
and retain quality occupiers.
Actively managing the portfolio, maintaining market awareness of 
appropriate rental values alongside lease length and maintaining an 
open dialogue and good relationship with occupiers.
Climate risk is integrated into the updated due diligence process for 
purchasing, development, refurbishment and management. These  
risk assessments will help ensure existing and new assets at risk of 
negative rental value impact are identified and the risk mitigated.
Occupier demand in 
smaller lot sizes.
Supply constraints in the 
Company’s markets have 
contributed to improved 
rental values.
Covid-19 has increased 
the risk of lower rental 
values if occupier 
demand reduces.
Reduction in capital values
Exposure to volatility of 
capital values.
An open market valuation of the Company’s properties is undertaken at the 
year end and half year by independent external valuers in accordance with 
RICS guidelines and analysed by the Company’s auditors. Valuations are 
then reviewed by the Audit and Risk Committee and approved by the Board.
The Company retains a borrowing headroom should there be an overall 
decline in capital values.
The Company maintains market awareness of the prospects of positive 
and negative movements in the asset values.
Constant review by management of occupier covenant, lease length 
and asset management (including environmental performance) of buildings 
to preserve/increase capital values.
Investor appetite and 
therefore capital values 
may reduce as a result 
of Covid-19.

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
49
Principal risks  
and their impact
How risk  
is managed
Risk exposure 
change in the year
Corporate 
Reputational risk
Adverse publicity/inaccurate 
media reporting.
Major incident at a property.
Actions by Directors or staff 
including fraud and bribery.
Occupier’s business model 
or specific activity negatively 
perceived by stakeholders.
McKay performance on 
ESG/climate change 
negatively perceived by 
stakeholders.
The Company retains an external investor and public relations 
consultancy. Press releases are approved by the Chief Executive prior 
to release. The Company produces a staff handbook that sets out an 
employee code of conduct and other guidelines.
Considered in the lease decision-making process.
The Company has a transparent approach and has made good progress 
in managing its ESG risks and opportunities. McKay submits to the Global 
Real Estate Sustainability Benchmark (“GRESB”) annually.
No significant main 
factors to increase risk.
Legal and regulatory risk
Non-compliance with 
regulations and laws 
resulting in planning and 
project delays, fines and loss 
of reputation (including 
future climate regulation).
The Company employs experienced staff and external advisers to provide 
guidance on regulatory requirements.
The Board approves and adopts the Company’s policies for compliance 
with current legislation.
Continued compliance 
with regulation.
Retention/recruitment
Failure to retain or attract 
key individuals could impact 
on major decision making 
and the future prosperity 
of the Company.
Reviews are undertaken with staff on a regular basis to maintain a positive 
and encouraging working environment. The remuneration package is at 
market levels to attract and retain individuals with the skills, knowledge and 
experience required for the business.
Sector employment 
opportunities remain 
constant.
Health and safety
Accidents to employees, 
contractors, occupiers 
and visitors to properties 
resulting in injury, litigation or 
the delay of refurbishment/
redevelopment projects.
The Health and Safety Committee (“HSC”) meets regularly to review the 
health and safety risk profile and to implement new management systems 
required. These meetings review the Company’s fire risk assessments, 
safety inspections, and contractors’ insurance and safe working practices. 
The HSC is supported by specialist external advisers.
With Covid-19, the scale of exposure to risk has increased and the 
management response across the portfolio is greater.
Continued compliance 
with regulation.
IT/cyber
Cyber attack resulting in IT 
systems failure.
Anti-virus software and firewalls protect IT systems. Data and programs 
are regularly backed up and backups are secured off-site.
Implementation of Company’s business continuity plan. Cyber fraud 
insurance is in place.
Increase in global 
incidents of this nature.
Business continuity & 
terrorism
Business unable to operate 
due to operational failure or 
unforeseen event.
The business operates a business continuity plan that is reviewed on 
a regular basis. In the aftermath of an unforeseen event the plan enables 
the business to be operational with minimal disruption.
All buildings have insurance to cover a terrorist incident and loss of rent.
All three Executive Directors generally avoid travelling over longer 
distances together.
The impact of Covid-19 
triggered the business 
continuity plan. The 
Company shut the Reading 
office and operational 
continuity was maintained 
with all employees able 
to work remotely.
Key 
Risk exposure in the last year:
Link to strategy:
Increased
Delivery of development programme
Unchanged
Release of portfolio income potential by capturing reversion
Reduced
Scope for future growth

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
50
Viability 
Statement
In accordance with 
Provision 31 of the 
2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code 
the Directors have 
assessed the viability 
of the Company 
beyond the 12-month 
period required by 
the going concern 
provision.
Principal risks
The principal risks to the continued operation 
of the Group are regularly reviewed by the 
Risk Sub-committee, the Audit and Risk 
Committee and the Board. They are split 
into four areas of focus: macroeconomic; 
financial; property; and corporate.  
Full details are set out on pages 46 to 49.
Assessment process
The four areas of principal risk were 
subjected to quantitative and qualitative 
analysis over the assessment period 
referred to above.
Scenario testing, based on current 
economic circumstances, was undertaken, 
including consideration of:
•	 the implications of a decline in income
•	 a decline in capital values
•	 increasing interest costs
•	 an increased length in the period 
an asset is vacant.
In order to stress test these risks on a 
quantitative financial basis, five key 
business areas were identified:
•	 dividend cover
•	 liquidity
•	 REIT compliance
•	 lending covenants (“LTV”)
•	 lending covenants (“ICR”).
These key business areas were 
using four core scenarios being:
Scenario 1: a 20% reduction in 
rental income 
Scenario 2: a 25% reduction 
in capital values 
Scenario 3: a 3% increase in interest cost 
Scenario 4: increased length in the 
period an asset is vacant with specific 
emphasis upon recently developed and 
refurbished assets.
An additional scenario to reflect the 
uncertain economic impact of Covid-19  
was identified:
Scenario 5: a 15% reduction in values and 
10% reduction in income and a 2% increase 
in interest costs.
The above scenarios were selected 
in response to our principal risks and 
uncertainties that can be seen on  
pages 46 to 49.
Assumptions and future prospects
The main assumptions surrounding the 
Company’s business model and its strategy 
remain unchanged. The Company continues 
to focus on the office, warehouse and 
logistics markets in the South East and 
London, to provide occupiers with a 
progressive sustainable working 
environment in which the businesses can 
thrive and as a REIT, investors continue to 
receive in excess of 90% of distributable 
profits. The Company’s revolving credit 
facility terminates in April 2024 and this 
analysis assumes it is renewed at that time 
on the same basis.
The Company’s strategy has built-in flexibility 
to enable the business to react to 
unexpected economic impacts, either by a 
reduction in its development/refurbishment 
programme (thereby reducing capital 
expenditure) or by selectively reducing the 
number of assets the Company holds.
Expectation
The result of the stress testing of these five 
scenarios against the Company’s five-year 
profit forecast demonstrated that the 
Company can accommodate each of these 
scenarios, either without any mitigation, or 
with mitigation where the scenario imposes 
stress, for example suitable cash 
conservation strategies.
Conclusion
In conclusion, based upon the robust risk 
assessment described above, the Board has 
a reasonable expectation that the Company 
will be able to continue in operation and meet 
its liabilities as they fall due over the period to 
March 2026.
This viability statement was approved  
by the Board on 4 February 2021.
The Company is a specialist in the 
development, refurbishment and 
management of office, industrial and 
logistics property in the South East and 
London and has a highly experienced 
management team.
Assessment period
The viability assessment was undertaken on 
the basis of a five-year period, with particular 
focus on years one to three. The Directors 
reviewed this time frame and consider a 
five-year period to be an appropriate time 
horizon for the following reasons:
•	 The Company’s internal modelling  
is for a five-year period.
•	 It is a reasonable period for matters 
including the assessment of income 
generation and the availability of  
debt funding.
•	 The majority of the Company’s contracted 
income expires within five years.
•	 The Company’s revolving credit facility 
is currently for a five-year term.
•	 In the past, property has proved cyclical 
and a five-year time horizon is considered 
a reasonable timeframe to assess 
future cycles.
•	 The time taken from acquiring an asset, 
finalising a strategy, obtaining planning 
permission through to letting is 
approximately three to five years.

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
51
Going Concern 
Statement
Given the significant impact of Covid-19 
on the macroeconomic conditions in 
which the Company is operating, the 
Directors have placed a particular focus 
on the appropriateness of adopting the 
going concern basis in preparing the 
financial statements for the year ended 
31 March 2021. The Company’s going 
concern assessment considers the 
Company’s principal risks (see pages 46 to 
49) and is dependent on a number of factors, 
including financial performance, continued 
access to borrowing facilities and the ability 
to continue to operate the Company’s debt 
structure within its financial covenants.
In April 2019 the Company successfully 
renegotiated an increase in its facilities 
with its long-term lenders and entered 
into a new facility with a pool of lenders 
that runs until 2024.
The going concern assessment of lending 
covenants (LTV and ICR) considered the 
prospects of a significant reduction in rental 
income and capital values, as well as no 
receipts from planned disposals. Whilst 
there is headroom across the covenants, 
the covenants most likely to be affected 
are in relation to the ICR. In assessing this, 
the Directors undertook a reverse stress 
test to understand how much rental income 
was required to meet these covenants. 
Having considered rent collection patterns 
over the last 12 months there is sufficient 
headroom to meet loan covenants from 
a going concern perspective. 
Should the impacts of the pandemic become 
more severe than currently forecast by the 
Directors, the Going Concern Statement 
would be dependent on the Group’s ability to 
take further actions. Detailed consideration 
was given to the availability and likely 
effectiveness of mitigating actions that could 
be taken, including future cash conservation 
strategies and discussions with lenders 
regarding the terms of the loan agreements, 
being mindful of recent PRA guidance 
to lenders.
The Board took further comfort from 
the viability scenario testing which 
demonstrated a resilient financial position 
during the going concern period.
The going concern period assessed is 
12 months from the balance sheet date. 
Based on these considerations, together 
with available market information and the 
Directors’ knowledge and experience of 
the Company’s property portfolio and 
markets, the Directors have adopted the 
going concern basis in preparing the 
accounts for the year ended 31 March 2021.
In accordance with 
Provision 30 of the 
2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code the 
Directors have reviewed 
cashflow forecasts 
which show that the 
Company has sufficient 
facilities to meet 
forecast outgoings and 
expects to comply with 
all covenants over the 
going concern period. 
Approval of Strategic Report
The Strategic Report for the year end 31 March 2021 has been approved by the Board 
and was signed on its behalf by:
Simon Perkins
Chief Executive Officer
17 May 2021

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
52
9 Greyfriars Road, Reading

Governance
54	
Chair’s Letter
56	
Board of Directors
58	
Governance Report
62	
Nomination Committee Report
65	
Audit and Risk Committee Report
68	
Directors’ Remuneration Report
86	
Directors’ Report
88	 Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
89	
Independent Auditor’s Report
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
53

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
54
Chair’s Letter
Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to introduce our Corporate Governance 
Report for the year ended 31 March 2021.
During the year we have continued to  
strive for the highest standards of corporate 
governance throughout the business.  
We remain committed to working in the  
best interests of our shareholders and  
other stakeholders in a responsible, 
sustainable and ethical way and our positive 
achievements are reflected throughout  
this report. 
Covid-19 has dominated how we have 
operated over the last year and as a Board, 
we have responded flexibly to the challenges 
that have arisen. Despite the restrictions on 
meeting in person, we have successfully 
discharged the responsibilities of the Board 
and its Committees, and our employees have 
continued to perform in an exemplary way. 
This has been facilitated by the investment in 
our internal IT systems over recent years 
which enabled a seamless transition to 
remote working. That said, we are looking 
forward to the lifting of restrictions and the 
ability to evolve our governance in a 
post-Covid-19 environment.
This has also been a year during which 
regulation and investor expectation has 
continued to grow in terms of ESG corporate 
reporting and transparency. For many years 
we have recognised the importance of these 
issues and how they relate to the way we 
operate the business, to our stakeholders  
and to society. 
Our 2013 sustainability strategy was 
replaced in 2019 with our sustainability 
framework: ‘The Right Choice for a 
Sustainable Business’. Based on this, we 
have continued to strengthen our reporting. 
A thorough review of our ESG targets and 
results are set out within our Sustainability 
Review on pages 34 to 44. 
Our efforts were rewarded in 2020, when 
we improved our GRESB score and 
achieved a 4-star rating, and this year we 
have integrated a TCFD statement into our 
Annual Report in advance of the requirement 
to report in 2022, further evidencing our 
continued commitment to ESG discipline 
requirements. Our annual Sustainability 
Review can be found on pages 34 to 44 and 
on our website.
Under Section 172 of the Companies Act 
2006, we are required to provide information 
on how the Directors have performed their 
duty to promote the success of the Company 
and in doing so, their regard to its various 
stakeholders. The principal decisions 
made by the Board during the year, and 
how we have taken our stakeholders into 
consideration when delivering the 
Company’s strategic objectives, are set 
out on pages 18 to 21.
Succession planning is an ongoing 
responsibility of the Nomination Committee 
which has appointed an additional Non-
Executive Director following the Board’s 
desire to improve diversity. Although 
Covid-19 delayed appointment we are 
delighted to announce in April 2021 that 
Helen Sachdev was appointed an 
independent Non-Executive Director.
Due to Covid-19 a decision to carry out 
an external evaluation of our Board and 
Committees has been deferred for a year 
and therefore this year’s annual Board, 
Committee and individual Director evaluations 
were carried out internally using our online 
questionnaire and remote one-to-one 
interviews with individual Directors. All 
Non-Executive Directors have confirmed to 
me their ability to provide the time commitment 
required to discharge their responsibilities 
effectively and further details of this year’s 
evaluation process and outcomes can be 
found within the Nomination Committee 
Report on pages 63 to 64.
The Terms of Reference for the Board 
and its Committees were reviewed along 
with the Company’s various policies in 
February 2021. These documents can 
be found on the Company’s website,  
mckaysecurities.plc.uk.
As I reported last year, the Remuneration 
Committee recommended cancellation of 
the salary review for the financial year to 
31 March 2020 for all Directors and employees 
in light of Covid-19. The Committee also 
recommended the postponement of the 
payment of any bonus until January 2021. 
The Remuneration Committee Report sets 
out in detail the factors that have been taken 
into account in decision making this year, 
balancing a strong operational performance 
with investor returns. In terms of basic salary 
the Committee recommended to the Board a 
2% increase across the workforce for the 
period from 1 April 2021. This recognises our 
employees’ positive response throughout 
this challenging period and their continued 
commitment to the business.

55
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
Throughout the year to 31 March 2021 
the Company has complied with the 
principles and provisions of the Corporate 
Governance Code 2018, with the exception 
of Code Provision 38 – Pension contribution 
rates for Executive Directors. During the 
year under review, it was agreed that 
contribution rates would be reduced in line 
with the workforce with effect from end of 
December 2022 and provision 40 on 
workforce engagement in relation to 
executive remuneration. Please see the 
Remuneration Report that starts on 
page 68.
Annual General Meeting 
arrangements 
On behalf of the Board I am pleased to 
inform you that this year’s Annual General 
Meeting (“AGM”) will be held at 11.30am 
on 1 July 2020. This meeting will be held in 
Stage 4 of the Government’s roadmap out  
of lockdown and therefore no restrictions 
are anticipated and we welcome shareholder 
attendance. In the event that the Government 
guidelines require a change to the 
arrangements, shareholders will be advised 
by means of an RNS press release.
However, some individuals may have some 
concerns about physically attending the 
AGM and choose not to be present this year. 
To enable all shareholders to have a voice 
at our AGM we have put in place an email 
address for shareholders to submit 
questions ahead of the meeting. If you would 
like to ask a question on the Company’s 
Annual Report and Financial Statements or 
any of the proposed resolutions listed within 
the Notice of Meeting please send it to 
info@ mckaysecurities.plc.uk marked for 
the attention of the Company Secretary 
ahead of the meeting and in any event to be 
received by 5.00pm on 29 June 2021. 
A response to the questions received will be 
made available on the Company’s website 
as soon as practicable following the AGM.
In any event, I would strongly encourage you 
to vote ahead of the AGM by completing and 
returning your Proxy Form as early as 
possible prior to the meeting, and appointing 
the Chair of the AGM to act as your proxy to 
vote on your behalf. The Proxy Form should 
be completed, signed and returned in 
accordance with the instructions printed 
thereon at least 48 hours prior to the AGM. 
Richard Grainger
Chair
17 May 2021

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
56
Board of Directors
Board  
member
Richard 
Grainger ACA
Chair
Simon 
Perkins MRICS
Chief Executive 
Officer
Giles  
Salmon FCA
Chief Financial 
Officer
Tom  
Elliott MRICS
Property Director 
and Head of 
Sustainability
Position
Appointed Chair in  
July 2016, having been 
appointed a Non-
Executive Director 
in May 2014. 
Member of the 
Remuneration and 
Nomination Committees.
Joined the Company 
in August 2000. 
Appointed a Director 
in April 2001.
Appointed the Chief 
Executive Officer in 
January 2003.
Member of the 
Nomination Committee.
Joined the Company 
in May 2011.
Appointed as Chief 
Financial Officer 
in August 2011.
Joined the Company 
in September 2016.
Appointed a Director 
in April 2017.
Skills and 
Experience
Chartered Accountant.
Richard has extensive 
board-level experience 
in the corporate finance 
and commercial sectors. 
He brings to the Group 
proven leadership skills 
and experience of 
complex corporate 
negotiations.
Chartered Surveyor.
Simon has widespread 
knowledge of the real 
estate sector with direct 
operational experience 
in management, 
development and 
refurbishment, as well 
as strategic focus and 
management skills to 
successfully lead 
the executive team.
Chartered Accountant.
Giles has a wealth 
of experience at an 
operational and strategic 
level of corporate finance 
within the real estate 
sector, including 
corporate restructures 
and managing business 
change.
Chartered Surveyor.
Tom has extensive 
experience within the 
commercial real estate 
sector and specialises 
in investment strategy, 
transactions, asset 
management and 
development.
Previous appointments:
Chairman of Close 
Brothers Corporate 
Finance until 2009.
Chairman of Safestore 
Plc until December 2013.
Previous appointments:
Nine years with business 
park developer, Arlington 
Securities PLC from 
1990 to 1999.
Previous appointments:
Finance Director at BAA 
Lynton operating the 
Airport Property 
Partnership from 2004 
to 2008 and Managing 
Director from 2008 
to 2010.
Previous appointments:
Head of Investment for 
the London Portfolio of 
Land Securities Group 
PLC to 2016.
External 
positions
Chairman of  
Liberation Group.
None.
None.
None.

57
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
Jon  
Austen FCA
Senior Independent  
Director
Jeremy  
Bates MRICS
Independent  
Non-Executive 
Director
Helen 
Sachdev FCMA
Independent  
Non-Executive 
Director
Nick  
Shepherd FRICS
Independent  
Non-Executive 
Director
Appointed a Non-
Executive Director in 
July2016 and Senior 
Independent Director  
from April 2017.
Chair of the Audit 
and RiskCommittee.
Member of the Nomination 
and Remuneration 
Committees.
Appointed a Non-
Executive Director 
in January 2017. 
Chair of the Nomination 
Committee.
Member of the Audit and 
Risk, and Remuneration 
Committees.
Appointed in April 2021. 
Member of the Audit 
and Risk, Nomination 
and Remuneration 
Committees.
Appointed a Non-
Executive Director 
in January 2015 and 
desNED from April 2019.
Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee.
Member of the Audit 
and Risk, and Nomination 
Committees.
Chartered Accountant.
Jon has gained significant 
experience within the real 
estate sector in senior 
financial roles, with 
exposure to corporate 
takeovers and capital 
raising.
Chartered Surveyor.
Jeremy has many years of 
experience with Savills as 
a leading agent within the 
South East commercial 
real estate sector, with 
significant knowledge 
of occupier services 
and trends. 
Chartered Accountant.
Helen has extensive real 
estate and commercial 
experience following 
senior roles in a number of 
blue chip organisations. 
Chartered Surveyor.
Nick has worked at the 
highest level of asset 
management, investment 
and development and has 
experience in corporate 
mergers and business 
integration.
Previous appointments:
Group Finance Director 
of Urban&Civic plc to 
July 2016.
Chief Financial Officer 
of Audley Group Limited  
to December 2020.
Previous appointments:
Property Director of Tesco 
Stores Ltd, MD of Barclays 
plc, COO of Marsh and 
Parsons. Previous 
Non-Executive Director 
roles have included 
Communisis PLC, Athelney 
Trust PLC, Optivo Housing 
Association and Genesis 
Housing Association.
Previous appointments:
Senior Partner of Drivers 
Jonas until 2010.
Vice Chair of Deloitte UK 
until May 2013.
Non-Executive Director of 
Supermarket Income REIT 
and their subsidiaries. 
Non-Executive Director of 
Arnold White Group Ltd.
Director of Savills UK 
Limited, EMEA Head of 
Occupational Markets and 
UK Head of Transaction 
Services.
Chair of the Loughborough 
Building Society and a 
Non-Executive Director 
of Wilmington PLC.
Chair of the Property 
Income Trust for Charities.
Senior Adviser of Urban 
Legacies Ltd.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
58
2018 Corporate 
Governance Code
1.	 Board Leadership and 
Company Purpose
A	 Board leadership 
B	 Company’s purpose, culture 
and values
C	 Provision of resources and 
framework of controls
D	 Stakeholder engagement
E	 Workforce policies and practices
2.	 Division of Responsibilities
F	 Company Chair
G	 Directors and their division 
of responsibilities
H	 Non-Executive Directors
I	
Board effectiveness and efficiency
3.	 Composition, Succession  
	
and Evaluation
J	 Board appointments
K	 Board membership
L	 Annual Board evaluation  
Information including succession 
planning, evaluation and diversity 
can be found within the Nomination 
Committee Report on pages 62 to 64
4.	 Audit, Risk and Internal Control 
M	 External audit function
N	 Assessment of the Company’s 
position and prospects
O	 Risk management and internal 
control framework 
Information can be found within the 
Audit and Risk Committee Report and 
the Principal Risks and Uncertainties 
on pages 65 to 67 and 45 to 49 
respectively
5.	 Remuneration
P	 Remuneration policies and practices 
Q	 Executive and senior management 
remuneration 
R	 Remuneration linked to strategy 
and performance 
Information, including current 
remuneration policies, can be 
found within the Remuneration 
Report from page 68
Governance Report
Introduction
McKay is a listed company incorporated in 
the United Kingdom and this year is reporting 
its appliance with the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code, which can be found at  
frc.org.uk.
Board leadership
The Company is led by a highly experienced 
team of Executive and Non-Executive 
Directors who bring a wealth of knowledge 
and a wide range of skills to the boardroom. 
Their collective role as a Board is to promote 
the long-term sustainable success of the 
Company, generating value for shareholders 
and contributing to wider society.
Biographical details of the Directors can be 
found on pages 56 and 57, and the Company’s 
leadership structure can be seen on page 59.
Company purpose
The Company’s purpose is to deliver 
outstanding services as a customer-focused 
and flexible landlord with occupiers at its 
heart, while being alert to the needs of its 
employees and the impact of the business 
on the environment and wider society.
The Board satisfies itself that the Company’s 
purpose is aligned to its actions and strategy 
by receiving management reports, customer 
surveys and the outcomes from employee 
and shareholder engagement.
Culture and values
During the year the Board reviewed the 
Company’s values, consulting with the 
workforce and with specific input from the 
Company Chair and desNED. From this, the 
Company’s values were formalised and are set 
out on page 4. These values are reflected in the 
boardroom and at every level throughout the 
business. They are reinforced through the 
adoption and regular review of a schedule of 
matters reserved for the Board, Committee 
terms of reference and governance policies. 
Constructive debate is actively encouraged 
and the Board is satisfied that no individual or 
group of Directors dominate decision making. 
The Board is careful to ensure the business is 
able to succeed in the long term by promoting 
good relationships with stakeholders that 
uphold the values of sound corporate 
governance. The Board assesses and 
monitors the Company’s culture through 
regular updates of corporate activity and is 
satisfied that the policies, practices and 
behaviour throughout the business are aligned 
with the Company’s purpose values and 
strategy. Further details of the Company’s 
approach to relationships with stakeholders 
are set out on pages 20 and 21, and its 
governance policies are available on the 
website mckaysecurities.plc.uk.
Board composition
The composition of the Board complies with 
Provision 11 of the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code in that more than 50% 
of the Board, excluding the Chair, are 
Non-Executive Directors whom the Board 
considers to be independent. Jon Austen 
is the Senior Independent Director.
When appointing new Directors, the Board 
considers any other demands upon their 
time. Prior to appointment, significant 
commitments of new Directors are disclosed 
and these and any subsequent external 
appointments must be approved by the 
Board. No Director serves on the Board 
beyond a nine-year period.
Further details on the appointment of Helen 
Sachdev to the Board and its Committees on 
13 April 2021 can be found within the Nomination 
Committee Report on pages 62 to 64. 
Director independence
The Board considers the Non-Executive 
Directors to be independent in that they have 
no business or other relationship with the 
Company that might influence their 
independence or judgement.
Conflicts of interest
The Board has adopted a policy and effective 
procedures for managing and, where 
appropriate, approving conflicts or potential 
conflicts of interest should they arise. Only 
Directors who have no interest in the matter 
being considered will be able to make the 
relevant decision and, in taking the decision, 
the Directors must act in a way they consider 
in good faith that will be the most likely to 
promote the success of the Company.
Professional advice and training
The Board and Committees have access 
to the advice and services of the Company 
Secretary and independent legal advice 
at the Company’s expense, if required.
Continuing professional development training 
is available for Directors as necessary.
Risk management and internal control
The Board is responsible for establishing and 
reviewing the Company’s system of internal 
control to safeguard shareholders’ 
investment and the Company’s assets. 
The Audit and Risk Committee reviews the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal 
financial control and internal control risk 
management systems on behalf of the Board. 
Their report can be found on pages 65 to 67.
The Risk Sub-committee is responsible for 
identifying key risks and assessing their likely 
impact on the Company and maintaining the 
risk register. The Executive Directors make 
up the membership and the Risk Sub-
committee reports directly to the Audit and 
Risk Committee. Significant areas within the 
risk register include property, financial and 
corporate risks. Areas of risk such as 
corporate taxation, legal matters, defined 
benefit pension scheme, detailed insurance 
cover and contracts including maintenance 
and property management all come under 
the direct control of the Executive Directors 
and are reviewed on an ongoing basis. 
Further details of the Company’s principal 
risks and uncertainties can be found on 
pages 45 to 49 of the Strategic Report.

59
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
Audit and Risk Committee
Jon Austen FCA is Chair of the Audit and Risk 
Committee, which met three times in the last 
year. Jon is identified as having recent and 
relevant financial experience as required by 
the Code. Further details, along with the 
Committee’s responsibilities and activities 
are set out in the Audit and Risk Committee 
Report on pages 65 to 67.
Remuneration Committee
Nick Shepherd FRICS is Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee which met four 
times in the last year. The Committee 
members, the Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy and the Annual Report on 
Remuneration are set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report on pages 68 to 87.
Nomination Committee
Jeremy Bates MRICS is Chair of the 
Nomination Committee. The Committee met 
three times in the last year and its 
responsibilities and activities, including the 
appointment of new Directors and the 
performance evaluation of the Board are set 
out in the Nomination Committee Report on 
pages 62 to 64.
Board Leadership Structure
Governance / 
Leadership Structure
Board and Committee attendance (for the financial year to 31 March 2021)
Board meetings
The Board held 15 meetings in the year to 31 March 2021, including a Board Strategy Day, which is set aside to focus specifically on the 
Group’s long-term strategy. The Board was provided with full and timely information in order to discharge its duties. Due to the multiple 
lockdowns throughout the year and social distancing guidelines, the Board met remotely on a more frequent basis ensuring the impact 
of Covid-19 on the Company and its stakeholders was regularly considered and where appropriate any mitigating action was approved.
Board 
(15 meetings)
Audit and 
Risk Committee 
(3 meetings)
Remuneration 
Committee 
(4 meetings)
Nomination
 Committee 
(3 meetings)
R Grainger
15
31
4
3
S Perkins
15
31
4
3
G Salmon
15
31
–
–
T Elliott
15
21
–
–
J Austen
15
3
4
3
J Bates
15
3
4
3
N Shepherd
15
3
4
3
1. 	
In attendance by invitation.
2.	
H Sachdev was appointed to the Company’s Board and Committees on 13 April 2021.
Committees
There are three Committees that make their recommendations to the Board, all of which have clear terms of reference that comply with the 
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code. These are reviewed annually and are available on the Company’s website. 
McKay Securities Plc
Board Members
1 Non-Executive Chair
4 Independent Non-Executive Directors 
3 Executive Directors
Audit and Risk Committee Members
1 Non-Executive Chair
4 Independent Non-Executive Directors
Risk Sub-committee Members
3  Executive Directors
Remuneration Committee  
Members
1 Non-Executive Chair
4 Independent Non-Executive Directors
Nomination Committee Members
1 Non-Executive Chair
4 Independent Non-Executive Directors 
1 Executive Director 

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
60
Governance Report continued
Governance Report continued
Relations with shareholders
The Board recognises the importance of 
maintaining an ongoing relationship with 
the Company’s shareholders and the 
investment community.
Directors engage with current and 
prospective shareholders and analysts. 
Engagement is set around the financial 
reporting calendar, specifically following the 
announcement of the Company’s final and 
interim results. In addition, regular market 
updates are made throughout the year on 
any acquisitions, major lettings or disposals 
of assets in the portfolio.
Throughout the year to 31 March 2021 the 
impact of Covid-19 meant that engagement 
with the investment community was held 
remotely and the 2021 AGM was a closed 
event. Shareholders were provided with an 
email address to enable them to submit 
questions in advance of the meeting. 
These questions and Board responses 
were posted on the Company’s website 
following the meeting.
In addition, there is an investor relations 
section on the Company’s website, which 
includes annual and interim reports. The 
website also includes stock exchange 
releases, details of the Company’s portfolio, 
corporate policies and day-to-day 
contact details.
The Company has a share account 
management and dealing facility for all 
shareholders via Equiniti Shareview. This 
offers shareholders secure access to their 
account details held on the share register to 
amend address information and payment 
instructions directly, as well as providing a 
simple and convenient way of buying and 
selling the Company’s ordinary shares. For 
internet services visit shareview.co.uk or the 
investor relations section of the Company’s 
website. The Shareview dealing service is 
also available by telephone on 03456 037 
037 between 8.30am and 4.30pm Monday 
to Friday.
AGM arrangements and Covid-19
Shareholders are given at least 20 working 
days’ notice of the Company’s AGM and in 
normal circumstances have the opportunity 
to attend the AGM and to ask questions of 
the Board, including the Chairmen of the Risk 
and Audit Committee, the Nomination 
Committee and the Remuneration 
Committee who all attend.
Shareholders vote separately on each 
proposal and are informed of proxy voting 
figures. Following the meeting the voting 
figures are posted on the Company’s 
website, mckaysecurities.plc.uk.
The 2021 AGM is scheduled for 1 July 2021. 
Under current government guidelines all 
Covid-19 restrictions will be lifted from 
21 June 2021. Therefore the 2021 AGM will 
be open for all shareholders to attend. The 
meeting will be held at 11.30am at the Royal 
Thames Yacht club for full details see the 
Notice of Meeting. In the event that the 
Government guidelines require a change to 
the arrangements, shareholders will advised 
by means of an RNS press release. 
The Board values the opportunity to meet 
shareholders in person at the AGM to listen 
and respond to their questions. 
Shareholders are strongly encouraged to 
vote ahead of the AGM by completing and 
returning their Proxy Form as early as 
possible prior to the meeting, and appointing 
the Chair of the AGM to act as their proxy to 
vote on their behalf. The Proxy Form should 
be completed, signed and returned in 
accordance with the instructions printed 
thereon at least 48 hours prior to the AGM. 
Workforce engagement
The Board has ultimate responsibility for 
ensuring that workforce policies and 
practices are in line with the Company’s 
purpose and values and support the desired 
culture. Workforce policies and practices are 
encompassed within the Company’s staff 
handbook which is made available to all 
employees on their induction and is available 
on the Company’s intranet.
Despite the challenges of Covid-19, as part 
of the employee 2020 engagement 
programme, desNED, Nick Shepherd held a 
workforce engagement meeting in July 2020 
and fed the views of employees back to the 
Board. In September 2020, CEO Simon 
Perkins hosted an employee workshop 
entitled ‘Lockdown Lessons’, the outcomes 
of this workshop were also fed back to the 
Board. Senior management supported the 
workforce throughout the lockdowns 
imposed by the impact of Covid-19 by 
ensuring good communication, facilitating 
flexible working and ensuring a safe and 
Covid compliant working environment as 
restrictions were lifted and employees 
returned to work. A case study on the 
employee workshop ‘Lockdown Lessons’ 
can be found within the Sustainability Review 
on page 42. 
As well as annual employee evaluations held 
on a one-to-one basis with their respective 
line managers, all employees are required to 
complete the Company’s annual online 
e-training programme. In 2020 this annual 
training progamme was extended to include 
Non-Executive Directors. The programme is 
made up of three modules:
•	 Equality and diversity;
•	 Bribery prevention; and
•	 Data security.
Whistleblowing policy
The purpose of this policy is to enable the 
Company to investigate possible malpractice 
and take appropriate steps to deal with it. 
If employees have concerns about the 
business, the whistleblowing procedures 
enable employees to raise such concerns 
in confidence, anonymously if they wish, 
at an early stage and in the right way. 
The whistleblowing policy is for concerns 
which are in the public interest where the 
interests of others or of the organisation 
itself are at risk. Further details of the policy 
can be found on the Company’s website, 
mckaysecurities.plc.uk.
Relations with other key 
stakeholders
Directors have a duty to promote the 
success of the Company having regard to 
a range of key stakeholders and interests, 
as set out under s172 of the Company’s Act 
2006. Further information on the Company’s 
stakeholders and the Company’s approach 
to decision making can be found on pages  
18 to 21. 

61
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
Chair, Richard Grainger
Provide coherent leadership to the Board.
•	 Set the agenda, style and tone of Board discussions to promote 
effective decision making and constructive debate.
•	 Ensure constructive relations between the Executive and  
Non-Executive Directors.
•	 Ensure new Directors participate in a full, formal and tailored 
induction programme facilitated by the Company Secretary.
•	 Ensure the development needs of the Board and its Directors 
are identified and, with the Company Secretary having a key 
role, that these needs are met.
•	 Ensure the peformance of the Board, its Committees and 
individual Directors is evaluated at least once a year with the 
support of the Senior Independent Director.
•	 Ensure effective communications with shareholders and 
communicate their views to the Board.
•	 Promote the highest standards of integrity, probity and 
corporate governance.
•	 Ensure an appropriate balance is maintained between the 
interest of shareholders and other stakeholders.
Senior Independent Director, Jon Austen
Act as a sounding board for the Chair, providing support in 
delivering objectives.
•	 Serve as an intermediary for the other Directors  
and shareholders.
•	 To be available to shareholders and other Non-Executive 
Directors to address any concerns or issues outside of 
alternative channels.
•	 Lead the process to review the Chair’s performance.
Non-Executive Directors (NEDs), Jon Austen,  
Jeremy Bates, Helen Sachdev and Nick Shepherd
•	 Provide external independent perspective and oversight  
to the Board.
•	 Create constructive challenge to executive decision making.
•	 Assist in setting the Company’s strategy and objectives and 
apply their particular specialist expertise and exeperience.
•	 Promote the highest standards of corporate governance 
and integrity.
•	 Membership of the Company’s Remuneration, Audit and 
Risk and Nomination Committees and undertake their 
responsibilities as set out in the Committee Terms of Reference.
•	 Attend the Company’s Annual General Meeting and respond 
to shareholders’ questions in their capacity as Chairs of the 
Company’s Committees.
Designated NED, Nick Shepherd 
•	 Engage with the Company’s workforce to better understand  
their views.
•	 Facilitate employees’ voices within the boardroom.
Division of responsibilities
There is a clear division of responsibilities between the leadership of the Board and the Executive leadership of the Company’s 
business. The roles of the Chair and Chief Executive are, and will continue to be, separate. The division of responsibilities between the 
Chair and the Chief Executive is set out in writing and approved by the Board.
Chief Executive, Simon Perkins
Lead the Executive Directors and the senior team in the day-to-
day running of the Company.
•	 Develop the Company’s objectives and strategy having regard 
to the Company’s responsibilities to its shareholders, 
customers, employees and other stakeholders.
•	 Successful achievement of objectives and execution 
of approved strategy and effective implementation of 
Board decisions.
•	 Manage the Company’s risk profile, and internal controls in line 
with the extent and categories of risk identified as acceptable 
by the Board.
•	 Optimise as far as reasonably possible the use and adequacy 
of the Company’s resources.
•	 Identifiy and execute acquisitions and disposals.
•	 Develop policies for Board approval and implementation and 
ensure all policies and procedures are followed and conform 
to the highest standards.
•	 Make recommendations to the Remuneration Committee on 
employee remuneration policy.
•	 Make recommendations to the Nomination Committee on the 
role and capabilities required in respect of the appointment of 
Executive Directors.
Chief Financial Officer, Giles Salmon
Support the Chief Executive in developing the Company’s 
objectives and strategy.
•	 Lead and manage the day-to-day running of the finance team.
•	 Advise and present to the Board the Company’s financial strategy.
•	 Responsible for the organisation’s forecasting, budgets and 
cashflow and oversees all financial reporting.
•	 Head of Human Resources.
•	 Responsible for the Company’s IT system and IT security.
•	 A member of the Risk Sub-committee and advises on all 
elements of financial risk.
•	 Responsible for internal financial controls and compliance.
Property Director, Tom Elliott
Supports the Chief Executive in developing the Company’s 
objectives and strategy.
•	 Advise the Board on the Company’s portfolio strategy.
•	 Lead the development and implementation of the Company’s 
asset management and occupier services strategy.
•	 Responsible for, and implements, the Company’s 
sustainability stategy.
•	 A member of the Risk Sub-committee and advises on 
all elements of property risk.
•	 Lead and manage the day-to-day running of the property team.
Company Secretary, Joanne McKeown
•	 Secretary to the Board.
•	 Prepare and disseminate Board and Committee Papers.
•	 Responsible for organising the Annual General Meeting.
•	 Guide the Board on corporate governance and 
regulatory compliance.
•	 Support the Board, Committees, Chair and Directors.

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the report of the 
Nomination Committee for the year ended 
31 March 2021.
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
62
Nomination 
Committee 
Report
The responsibilities of the 
Committee over the year are set 
outin detail in the Report below, and 
remain an essential contribution to 
efficient and effective Board 
governance.
One of the key areas of the Committee’s 
work over the year has been the recruitment 
of a Non-Executive Director to improve the 
balance of Non-Executive representation 
on the Board. The process was hampered 
by the impact of Covid-19, but I am pleased 
to report we have recently announced the 
appointment of Helen Sachdev. Helen brings 
both Board and Committee experience 
in publicly listed companies, as well as 
commercial real estate experience from 
her previous roles. Her skills will not only 
complement those of existing Non-
Executive Directors, but bring an additional 
dimension to the views of the Board and 
its Committees. Helen will offer herself for 
re-election at the 2021 AGM along with the 
remainder of the Board. Full biographical 
details of the Board can be found on pages 
56 to 57.
I am also pleased to report that although 
Covid-19 has meant the office has been 
closed at times during the year, individuals 
have been able to work from home 
effectively, benefitting from recent 
investment in IT and systems.
Furthermore, this has not prevented 
desNED, Nick Shepherd, from meeting with 
employees to hear their views, for example 
on how they and the business were 
operating in the pandemic, and feed these 
back to the Board. Further details on 
employee engagement can be found 
on page 42.
In February 2021, the Committee’s Terms  
of Reference were reviewed and no material 
amendments have been made. The Terms  
of Reference are available to view at the 
Company’s website, mckaysecurities.plc.uk.
The year ahead will remain a challenging 
environment, but the Committee will 
continue to support the Board and its 
Committees, to ensure they have the 
appropriate balance of skills, experience 
and independence necessary to discharge 
their respective duties and responsibilities 
effectively.
Jeremy Bates
Chair of the Nomination Committee
17 May 2021

63
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
Committee role and 
responsibilities 
The main roles and responsibilities of the 
Committee are set out within its Terms of 
Reference which are reviewed annually 
and are available on the Company’s 
website, mckaysecurities.plc.uk.
These responsibilities include:
•	 Regularly reviewing the structure, 
size and composition of the Board;
•	 Membership of Board Committees;
•	 Succession planning for Directors 
and other senior executives;
•	 Identifying and nominating for the 
approval of the Board, candidates 
to fill Board vacancies as and when 
they arise including the role of Senior 
Independent Director and Employee 
Representative Non-Executive 
Director;
•	 Reviewing the results of the Board 
performance evaluation process that 
relate to the composition of the Board;
•	 Reviewing the equality and diversity 
policy of the Company; and
•	 Making recommendations to the 
Board concerning the re-election 
of Directors by shareholders.
Committee membership 
and meetings
Members of the Nomination Committee are: 
J Bates MRICS – Chair
J Austen FCA
R Grainger ACA
H Sachdev FCMA (from 13 April 2021)
N Shepherd FRICS 
S Perkins MRICS
The Nomination Committee met three times 
in the last year with 100% attendance.
The majority of the members of 
the Committee are independent  
Non-Executive Directors.
Provision 11 of the 2018 UK Corporate 
Governance Code states that at least half the 
Board should be Non-Executive Directors 
(for the purposes of this test the Chair of the 
Board is excluded.) The appointment of 
Helen Sachdev as an additional independent 
Non-Executive Director further strengthens 
compliance with this provision and the 
Board now comprises the Chair, three 
Executive Directors and four independent 
Non-Executive Directors.
The appointment of Helen Sachdev 
as a Non-Executive Director has also 
demonstrated the Board’s commitment to 
the principles of the Hampton-Alexander 
review for greater female representation. 
The Committee is also alert to ensuring the 
findings of the Parker Review on ethnic 
diversity are taken into consideration and 
has ensured that any list of candidates for 
any Board position included candidates 
with a wide range of backgrounds. However, 
the Board has been mindful that the right 
balance of skills and experience of the 
candidate is key and therefore to date no 
ethnic diversity targets have been set.
Succession planning
One of the main roles of the Nomination 
Committee is to consider succession 
planning for Directors and other senior 
executives. Due to the limited number of 
Executive Directors and other senior 
executives, and the importance of 
maintaining administration costs at an 
operational minimum, succession planning 
for this part of the workforce is generally on 
a replacement basis. For Non-Executive 
Directors, succession plans consider an 
approach over multiple years, are regularly 
reviewed and ensure a formal, rigorous 
and transparent procedure for 
new appointments.
Appointment of Directors
The Nomination Committee is responsible 
for identifying and nominating for approval by 
the Board, candidates to fill Board vacancies 
as and when they arise. The aim is to recruit 
Directors who will make a positive 
contribution to Board values, culture 
and strategic decision making. 
In respect of the most recent Board 
appointment, in the first instance the 
Committee undertook a skills gap analysis 
and reassessed the composition of the 
existing Board, considering experience, 
diversity, knowledge and personal attributes. 
It then prepared a description of the role 
along with the professional and personal 
skills required and agreed the external 
process to be undertaken. 
The Committee is mindful that candidates 
should be fully aware of the time commitment 
expected of them. The number of roles 
candidates already undertake is taken into 
consideration to ensure that individuals do 
not compromise their effectiveness through 
overcommitment. All letters of appointment 
set out the expected time commitment.
Third-party independent recruitment 
consultants, Spencer Stuart and Nurole, 
were identified and appointed to undertake 
the search for suitable candidates to put 
forward to the Committee for consideration 
and interview. Both recruitment specialists 
have no other connection nor provided 
any other services to the Company or 
individual Directors.
A list of candidates was submitted to the 
Committee for consideration and candidate 
interviews were undertaken remotely due 
to Covid restrictions. The Committee then 
recommended their preferred candidate 
to the Board.
The Committee considers that while 
Covid-19 may have had an impact on the 
search, the process undertaken has ensured 
that a thorough, transparent and effective 
search has been carried out. Full 
biographical details of Helen Sachdev can 
be found on page 57, contract details can be 
found with the Remuneration Report from 
page 68 onwards and details of re-election 
at the 2021 AGM can be found within the 
Company’s Notice of Meeting. 
Non-Executive Directors are appointed for 
an initial three-year term and are subject to 
annual re-election at the AGM. Any term 
beyond six years is subject to particularly 
rigorous review in line with the Company’s 
strategy for progressive refreshing of the 
Board. The longest serving Non-Executive 
is Richard Grainger, who joined the Board 
in 2014.
Board and Committee evaluations 
Formal annual evaluations of the Board  
and its Committees were undertaken in 
February 2021.
Consideration was given during the year to 
an externally run process but as a result of 
the impact of Covid-19 the Board agreed to 
reconsider this for the current financial year. 
Therefore, the process this year was an 
internally run exercise undertaken using the 
Company’s digital board solution with a 
series of questionnaires submitted online. 
The process was administered by the 
Company Secretary.
The Board and Committee evaluations 
concluded that the Board and Committees 
operated in an effective manner with open 
and transparent dialogue, a high level of 
challenging and constructive debate, and 
a respect for individuals’ opinions.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
64
Nomination Committee Report continued
Individual Director  
performance evaluation
Formal individual Director performance 
evaluations were undertaken in March  
2021. Each Director completed an online 
questionnaire, and this was submitted to the 
Board Chair who then discussed responses 
with individual Directors on a one-to-one 
basis and provided feedback. The Senior 
Independent Director undertook the 
exercise in relation to the Chair. Due to 
Covid-19, meetings were held via a remote 
conferencing facility.
The exercise concluded that each individual 
Director continued to make a positive 
contribution to Board effectiveness through 
their wide range of skills and experience in 
the commercial sector at a strategic and 
operational level, and demonstrated the 
commitment and independence required 
to deal with the future challenges to 
the business.
All evaluations identified:
•	 the need for greater diversity on the 
Board. This has been progressed with 
the appointment of Helen Sachdev 
•	 resumption of visits by the Board to 
individual assets once the restrictions 
surrounding Covid-19 have been lifted
•	 improved visibility of the Board with 
the workforce.
Re-election of Directors
As recommended under Provision 18 of the 
2018 UK Corporate Governance Code, all 
Directors of the Company, being eligible, will 
offer themselves for re-election at the 2021 
AGM. The biographical details of the 
Directors are available on pages 56 and 57.
Policy on diversity and equality
The Company is committed to being an 
inclusive employer and our objective is to 
treat our workforce equally, equitably and 
with consideration. All aspects of diversity 
including gender and ethnicity are 
considered when recruiting at any level  
of the business.
While the Board has overall responsibility for 
the Company’s equality and diversity policy, 
the responsibility of the Nomination 
Committee includes its regular review and 
approval. We believe every employee has a 
personal responsibility for implementation 
and as such the policy is an intrinsic part 
of the Company’s staff handbook. All 
employees are required to complete online 
e-training in equality and diversity when 
joining the business and annually thereafter. 
The Company’s policy on equality and 
diversity is available to view on our website 
mckaysecurities.plc.uk.
Over the course of the year, the Company 
took the following steps to address the 
importance of diversity and equality:
•	 enhanced maternity leave
•	 shared parental leave provision
•	 flexible working hours to assist parents 
in supporting their children’s education 
throughout the pandemic lockdowns.
The Company’s workforce, which totals 
15 employees (excluding Directors), is 
an experienced and diverse group of 
individuals, who are committed to the 
success of the business. 
With a limited number of employees, diversity 
statistics are more meaningful for the 
business as a whole (excluding Directors), 
rather than specially for senior management 
(provision 23 of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code). Our workforce diversity 
statistics for the period to 31 March 2021 as 
illustrated opposite and include senior 
management and their direct reports. 
Modern slavery
Under the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 the 
Company is not required to produce a 
statement as its global turnover is less than 
£36 million, however we are committed to 
implementing best practice to combat all 
forms of human trafficking, forced labour and 
unlawful child labour in any activities carried 
out by the Company and throughout our 
supply chain.
Our employees adhere to high standards 
of behaviour and integrity as part of our 
concerted effort to prevent slavery and 
human trafficking. All employees have a 
responsibility for promoting ethical and 
lawful employment practices throughout 
our business. All our employees are paid in 
excess of the National Living Wage and 
based on the small team directly employed, 
we believe the risk of any slavery or human 
trafficking in respect of our employees is low. 
For more details, our Anti-Slavery, Human 
Trafficking and Child Labour Policy 
Statement is available on our website 
mckaysecurities.plc.uk. This statement sets 
out details on our approach and our due 
diligence processes in relation to our supply 
chain, including reference to the Company’s 
Responsible Procurement Policy which can 
also be found on our website. 
Gender
Ethnic Origin
Employee Age Profile
Length of Service
By Department
Male
Female
Asian
White British
Property
Finance & Co Sec
Operational Support
40-49
20-29
30-39
60+
50-59
5-10 Yrs
Under 3 Yrs
3-5 Yrs
20+ Yrs
15-20 Yrs
10-15 Yrs

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the Audit  
and Risk Committee Report for  
the year to 31 March 2021.
65
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
The purpose of this Committee is 
to play a key role in maintaining the 
quality of our financial reporting, 
the adequacy and effectiveness of 
internal controls and the Company’s 
risk management strategy. This year 
the Committee had to contend with 
the impact and effects of Covid-19 in 
all areas of its remit. 
The Committee is committed to high 
standards of corporate governance and 
continues to operate in accordance with 
its Terms of Reference. These are 
reviewed annually, with the last review 
being carried out in February 2021. 
No material changes were required at 
this review and the Terms of Reference 
of both the Audit and Risk Committee 
and the Risk Sub-committee are  
available on the Company’s website,  
mckaysecurities.plc.uk.
The Committee’s primary responsibility 
was to oversee both the half year review 
and the year end audit, and ensure they 
were undertaken effectively despite the 
restrictions of Covid-19. Particular areas 
of audit focus included portfolio 
valuation and both the viability and going 
concern statements. The practicalities 
of undertaking the various processes 
of the review and audit have been 
challenging and I would like to express 
my appreciation to both the finance 
team at McKay and the audit team at 
Deloitte for their endeavours in order to 
complete their work effectively in such 
difficult circumstances. 
Details can be found within the following 
report and the Independent Auditor’s 
Report can be found on pages 89 to 95. 
The Committee also has responsibility  
for overseeing the Company’s risk 
management and internal control 
functions. This responsibility has been 
delegated to the Risk Sub-committee 
which reports its findings to the Audit  
and Risk Committee through myself 
as Chair. The impact of Covid-19 has 
permeated throughout the risk profile  
of the Company. The business has 
developed, implemented, and continues 
to manage Covid-compliant measures 
to mitigate the risk of incidents within 
the portfolio. Tighter monitoring on rent 
collection to ensure any indicators of 
occupier distress were identified at an 
early stage, and the provision of support 
where appropriate, was key to mitigating 
increased risk. Processes were put in 
place to ensure our internal control 
measures retained their high standard 
as well as met the needs of individuals 
working remotely. 
ESG continues to be high on our risk radar 
and I was particularly pleased to see that 
our GRESB score continues to improve, 
demonstrating through our objectives 
and targets that we are managing and 
responding to the risks that are material 
to our business on a progressive basis. 
Further details on these and other risks 
can be found in the Company’s Principal 
Risks and Uncertainties on pages 45 to 49. 
 
Jon Austen
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee  
17 May 2021
Audit and Risk 
Committee Report

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
66
Committee role and 
responsibilities 
The main roles and responsibilities of the 
Committee are set out within its Terms of 
Reference which are reviewed annually 
and are available on the Company’s 
website, mckaysecurities.plc.uk.
These responsibilities include:
•	 Financial reporting: monitoring and 
assessing the integrity of the financial 
statements of the Company including 
its Annual and Interim Reports, 
reporting to the Board on significant 
financial reporting issues and 
judgements and advising the Board on 
whether taken as a whole, the report 
and financial statements are fair, 
balanced and understandable;
•	 Risk management and internal 
controls: reviewing the Company’s 
risk management and internal control 
systems and approving statements 
concerning internal control, principal 
risks and uncertainties and the 
viability statement;
•	 Specific to this year, continuing to 
ensure that the risk and uncertainty 
relating to Covid-19 is appropriately 
reflected throughout the Annual 
Report and Financial Statements;
•	 External and internal audit: 
recommending to the Board for 
shareholder approval at the AGM the 
appointment or reappointment of the 
external auditor and overseeing the 
relationship with the external auditor. 
Managing the selection process 
for the appointment of the external 
auditor and regularly reviewing its 
independence, objectivity and 
effectiveness. Committee 
consideration is also given annually 
to the requirement of an internal 
audit function; 
•	 Compliance, whistleblowing and fraud: 
reviewing the adequacy and security 
of  the Company’s arrangements; and
•	 Reporting to the Board on how it has 
discharged its responsibilities.
Committee membership 
and meetings
The Committee consists solely of 
independent Non-Executive Directors.
The members of the Committee are: 
J Austen FCA – Chair
J Bates MRICS
H Sachdev (from 13 April 2021)
N Shepherd FRICS
Jon Austen is identified as having recent 
and relevant financial experience and 
the Committee believes as a whole it 
has competence relevant to the sector 
in which the Company operates.
The Committee met three times in the last 
year with full Committee attendance at all 
meetings. These meetings were held to 
coincide with the financial reporting and 
audit cycle. The table of attendance is set 
out in the Corporate Governance Report 
on page 59.
The Chair of the Board, the Chief Executive 
(“CEO”), Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) 
and external auditors regularly attend by 
invitation. In a pre-Covid environment the 
Committee meet twice a year with the 
external audit engagement partner to 
provide the opportunity to discuss matters 
without executive management being 
present. In the current Covid environment 
the Chair of the Committee and the external 
audit engagement partner have 
communicated remotely.
Main reoccurring activities of the 
Committee during the year
Significant judgements and 
financial reporting
The Committee focused on the significant 
judgement in the Annual Report and 
Financial Statements in respect of the 
Company’s property valuation.
The valuation of the Company’s portfolio 
was undertaken by an external professional 
valuer, Knight Frank LLP, and the 
assumptions and judgements were 
discussed and reviewed with management 
and the Committee. The valuation was 
reviewed along with its associated risks, 
with particular focus given to the level of 
judgement that was applied as a result of the 
impact of Covid-19. The Committee gained 
comfort from the valuer’s methodology and 
other supporting market information. The 
external auditor assessed the valuer’s 
objectivity and experience through direct, 
robust discussions with the valuer. Deloitte 
LLP reviewed the valuation report prepared 
by Knight Frank LLP and their terms of 
engagement. Utilising their internal valuation 
experts, Deloitte Real Estate, underlying 
assumptions were challenged, the valuation 
methodology used assessed and the impact 
of Covid-19 considered. 
The external auditor concluded that the 
methodology, assumptions and judgements 
were in line with their own findings.
The disclosures in the financial statements 
were considered and it was agreed property 
valuations had been appropriately recorded. 
As part of monitoring the integrity of the 
financial statements the Committee 
reviewed the application of any enacted 
changes to significant accounting policies 
and concluded that there were no material 
changes to reflect in the Company’s 
accounts. Further details on accounting 
policies can be found in note 1.
As requested by the Board, the Committee 
undertook a review of the Annual Report and 
Financial Statements for the year ended 
31 March 2021 and advised the Board that, 
taken as a whole, these were fair, balanced 
and understandable and provided the 
information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Company’s position, 
performance, business model and strategy.
Risk management and 
internal control 
The Committee is responsible for reviewing 
the Company’s risk management and 
internal control systems. The Risk Sub-
committee has delegated responsibilities 
including:
•	 overseeing, assessing and advising on the 
current and emerging risk exposure to the 
Company;
•	 maintaining the Company’s risk register; 
and
•	 monitoring and reviewing the 
effectiveness of all the Company’s 
material controls, including financial, 
operational and compliance controls.
The Risk Sub-committee met three times 
during the year and reported its findings to 
the Audit and Risk Committee through its 
Chair. It focused on:
•	 the emerging and continued risk of 
Covid-19 and its impact on the portfolio 
and our occupiers;
•	 the risks surrounding internal control 
measures as a result of increased working 
from home during the pandemic 
lockdown; and 
•	 climate and sustainability risk on the 
portfolio and measures of mitigation 
through the setting of comprehensive 
annual ESG targets.
The Company’s risk register was updated 
following each meeting.
Audit and Risk Committee Report continued

67
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
The Committee believes the existing and 
emerging risks have been identified and 
in carrying out its review of the Sub-
committee’s findings it re-evaluated the 
level of the Company’s risk appetite in 
the ‘macroeconomic’ key area and 
recommended to the Board that a lower 
level of risk appetite in light of the impact of 
Covid-19 be adopted. For full details on the 
Company’s risk appetite, principal risks and 
uncertainties, the Company’s long-term 
viability statement and going concern 
statement, please see pages 45 to 51.
Identification of business risks
The Company has an established system 
of internal financial control which is designed 
to ensure the maintenance of proper 
accounting records and the reliability of 
financial information used within the 
business. However, such a system is 
designed to manage rather than eliminate 
the risk of failure to achieve business 
objectives and can only provide reasonable 
and not absolute assurance against material 
misstatement or loss.
Annual and long-term revenue, cashflow 
and capital forecasts are updated quarterly 
during the year. Results and forecasts are 
reviewed against budgets and regular 
reports are made to the Board on all financial 
and treasury matters.
The Directors confirm that they have 
specifically reviewed the framework and 
effectiveness of the system of internal 
control for the year to 31 March 2021.
External audit
In line with EU audit reforms and FRC 
guidance the Group, following an audit 
tender process, appointed Deloitte as 
auditor in 2019. Therefore, no tender 
process will be undertaken this year.
At the 2020 AGM shareholders resolved 
to authorise the appointment of Deloitte LLP 
as auditor to the Group.
Deloitte undertook the half year review as 
at 30 September 2020 and full audit of the 
Group for the year to 31 March 2021. The 
Group’s audit partner, since the appointment 
of Deloitte in 2019, has been Stephen Craig.
The Committee is responsible for overseeing 
the relationship with the external auditor. 
As part of this responsibility the Committee 
reviewed Deloitte’s audit plan, its terms of 
engagement and the engagement letter 
and authorised management to sign the 
representation letter.
Once again, the impact of Covid-19 has 
affected how the Company has been audited 
this year. The year end audit was conducted 
under Step 2 of the Government’s roadmap 
out of lockdown. 
This meant measures that were put in 
place for the 2020 audit, to submit 
documents electronically wherever 
possible, were reinstated.
When the audit was completed the 
Committee reviewed the findings with 
the external auditor and evaluated the 
independence and effectiveness of the 
audit process. This included:
•	 a review of the auditor’s independence – 
confirmation that all Deloitte network firms 
and engagement teams are independent 
of the Company has been provided within 
the audit report; and 
•	 an assessment of the quality of the audit 
by considering: 
•	 how the auditor dealt with the 
Company’s significant judgement, 
the portfolio valuation; 
•	 the impact of Covid-19 on the audit 
process and outcomes; and
•	 the response to questions put by the 
Committee on the process and findings 
of the audit.
The Committee concluded that the audit had 
been carried out in an effective and efficient 
manner and reported this to the Board.
As approved by shareholder resolution at 
the 2020 AGM, the Directors authorised the 
remuneration of the auditor. Audit fees for the 
full year were £147,000 (2020: £140,000) 
with related assurance work of £47,000 
(2020: £45,000). Full details of audit fees 
are set out in note 3.
The Committee considers this assurance 
work does not impact the objectivity of the 
audit firm and is satisfied that the work is 
appropriate, being that ordinarily provided 
by the appointed auditor.
Non-audit fees, being tax services and debt 
advisory services, were provided by PwC.
The Committee believe there are no 
inconsistencies between the FRC’s 
Ethical Standard and the Group’s policy 
for the supply of non-audit services, nor 
any breaches.
It is proposed to put a resolution to 
shareholders at the 2021 AGM for the 
reappointment of Deloitte and a separate 
resolution to enable the Directors to 
determine their remuneration (full details  
can be found within the Company’s Notice  
of Meeting).
Internal audit
The Committee reviewed the requirement 
for an internal audit function; and concluded 
that as there is a small management team 
operating from one location, enabling close 
involvement of the Executive Directors in the 
day-to-day operational matters of the 
Company, coupled with the comprehensive 
internal controls currently in place, no 
requirement to establish an internal audit 
function was needed at this time. This 
recommendation was made to the Board. 
The external auditor has confirmed that they 
consider that the absence of a formal internal 
audit function does not have a substantive 
impact on their audit approach.
Whistleblowing policy
The Committee, on behalf of the Board, 
reviewed arrangements by which employees 
of the Company may in confidence raise 
concerns in respect of the financial reporting 
and other matters. These detailed procedures 
are set out in the Company’s staff handbook 
and the Company’s policy is available on the 
website mckaysecurities. plc.uk.
Committee performance evaluation 
The Committee’s annual appraisal process 
was an internally run exercise using the 
Company’s digital board solution in the 
format of a questionnaire, completed by all 
members and submitted online. This was 
reviewed by the Committee Chair and 
feedback was provided at a meeting of the 
Committee. The evaluation concluded that 
the Committee continued to operate in an 
efficient and effective way.
Going concern
The significant impact of Covid-19 on the 
macroeconomic conditions in which the 
Company is operating has meant the 
Directors have placed a particular focus on 
the appropriateness of adopting the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial 
statements for the year to 31 March 2021. 
The Company’s going concern assessment 
considers the Company’s principal risks (see 
pages 45 to 49); and is dependent on a 
number of factors, including financial 
performance, continued access to 
borrowing facilities and the ability to continue 
to operate the Company’s debt structure 
within its financial covenants. The going 
concern statement can be found on page 51.

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for the year ended  
31 March 2021, which has been prepared  
by the Remuneration Committee (‘the 
Committee’) and approved by the Board.
Directors’ 
Remuneration Report
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
68
The report is divided into three 
sections:
01
This Annual Statement of  
the Remuneration Committee 
Chair for the year ended 
31 March 2021, which 
summarises remuneration 
outcomes and how the 
Remuneration Policy will 
operate for the year ending 
31 March 2022;
02 The Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy, which presents our 
Remuneration Policy which  
was approved by shareholders  
at the 2020 Annual General 
Meeting. No changes 
are proposed; and
03 The Annual Report on 
Remuneration, which provides 
further detail on how the 
Remuneration Policy was 
implemented in the year ended 
31 March 2021, and how the 
Remuneration Policy will operate 
for the year ending  
31 March 2022.
Business context
The year to 31 March 20201 has been a 
hugely challenging year for everyone. 
Nevertheless, as presented elsewhere in 
this Report, the Executive Directors and 
employees remained totally focused on the 
Company’s priorities for the year: completion 
of the sale of 30 Lombard Street, physical 
completion and letting of 135 Theale 
Logistics Park, maintaining rent collection 
levels, retaining our tenants and minimising 
voids in the portfolio.
Despite the impact of Covid-19, the Company 
was extremely successful in delivering these 
objectives. At the same time the Company 
did not seek or receive any government 
support during the year (eg furlough 
payments or government backed loans), 
nor has it made any Covid-19 related 
redundancies.
However, in considering remuneration issues 
the Committee is mindful of the reduced final 
dividend paid to shareholders for the year 
to 31 March 2020 and the impact on our 
stakeholders more generally.
Remuneration summary for the year
Executive Directors and employees received 
no salary increases during the year.
In terms of performance-related pay, the 
thresholds for the NAV and TSR targets for 
the PSP awards granted in 2018, which are 
due to vest in June 2021, were not achieved. 
Consequently the 2018 PSP awards will 
lapse in full in June 2021.
The annual bonus plan for Executive 
Directors comprises three elements: 
absolute NAV growth, adjusted earnings 
per share (EPS) and a range of strategic 
corporate targets. The NAV growth 
threshold was not met for the year, resulting 
in 0% award for that element of bonus (30% 
salary opportunity). The EPS target (45% 
salary opportunity) was achieved in full, 
due to a combination of factors, including 
additional income from 30 Lombard Street, 
earlier and better letting of 135 Theale 
Logistics Park, better than expected lease 
renewal of Swan Court, Wimbledon and a 
number of reductions in overheads. This 
resulted in an award of 45% of salary under 
the bonus formula.
Performance against the third area of bonus 
aligned to strategic corporate targets (25% 
salary opportunity) resulted in a partial 
award of 19.5% of salary, giving a total 
possible bonus award of 64.5% of salary 
before the application of negative discretion 
(see below).
Further details (including the targets and 
performance against them) are set out in 
the Annual Report on Remuneration.
1. Annual Statement

69
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
Committee activities during the year 
The Committee met four times during 2020/21. The main Committee 
activities during the year (full details of which are set out in the Annual 
Report on Remuneration) included:
•	 considering the Remuneration Committee’s response to Covid-19; 
•	 determining Executive Directors’ base salary levels for 2021/22;
•	 setting the Executive Directors’ bonus targets for 2020/21 and 
agreeing the outturn in respect of the 2019/20 annual bonus;
•	 agreeing the structure of the annual bonus for 2021/22;
•	 determining vesting of the 2018 PSP awards which reached the end 
of the three-year performance period on 31 March 2021;
•	 overseeing the grant of the PSP awards in 2020/21 which was made 
over shares worth 100% of salary to the Executive Directors and 
which vest subject to the achievement of a blend of challenging 
absolute NAV per share growth targets and relative TSR targets;
•	 considering remuneration policies and practices across the 
workforce;
•	 considering any conflicts of interest (none were identified) and risk in 
respect of the Remuneration Policy; and
•	 seeking shareholder approval for the new Remuneration Policy at 
the 2020 AGM and considering shareholder and shareholder 
representative views in this regard.
In addition, the Committee continually considers how McKay’s Policy 
and practices are consistent with the six factors set out in Provision 
40 of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code:
•	 Clarity – our Policy is well understood by our senior team and 
employees more generally and has been clearly articulated to 
our shareholders;
•	 Simplicity – the Committee is mindful of the need to avoid overly 
complex remuneration structures which can be misunderstood and 
deliver unintended outcomes. As such, our executive remuneration 
policies and practices are as simple to communicate and operate as 
possible, while ensuring that they are aligned to our strategy;
•	 Risk – our Policy is based on: (i) a combination of both short and 
long-term incentive plans based on financial, non-financial and share 
price-linked targets; (ii) a combination of cash and equity (both in 
terms of deferred bonus and PSP awards); and (iii) a number of 
shareholder protections (i.e. bonus deferral, shareholding 
guidelines, malus/clawback provisions) have been designed to 
reduce the risk of inappropriate risk-taking;
•	 Predictability – our incentive plans are subject to individual caps, 
with our share plans also subject to market standard dilution limits. 
The scenario charts in the Remuneration Policy illustrate how the 
rewards potentially receivable by our Executive Directors vary 
based on performance and share price growth;
•	 Proportionality – there is a clear link between individual awards, 
delivery of strategy and our long-term performance. In addition, the 
structure of our short and long-term incentives, together with the 
structure of the Executive Directors’ service contracts, ensures that 
poor performance is not rewarded; and
•	 Alignment to culture – McKay’s focus on office, industrial and 
logistics sectors across London and the South East combined with a 
number of successful development projects and intensive in-house 
portfolio management is fully supported through the metrics in both 
the annual bonus and long-term incentive which measure how we 
perform against main KPIs that underpin the delivery of our strategy.
remuneration arrangements offered below 
Board level. As such, only a limited number 
of changes were made at the 2020 AGM to 
maintain compliance with good governance: 
•	 The maximum pension contribution rate of 
20% of salary was removed with the 
intention that the pension contribution for 
Executive Directors will be aligned with 
the workforce (10% of salary) by 
31 December 2022. Going forward, 
pension provision for new Executive 
Directors and employees promoted to the 
Board will be aligned, in percentage of 
salary terms, to the general workforce 
contribution rate;
•	 Our informal post-cessation shareholding 
guideline was formalised and introduced 
into Policy. Going forward, Executive 
Directors will need to retain shares equal 
to 100% of the shareholding guideline (i.e. 
200% of salary) up until the first 
anniversary of cessation, reducing to 
50% of the guideline between the first 
and second anniversary. Own shares 
purchased and shares obtained from 
share awards granted prior to the 2020 
AGM will be excluded from the post-
cessation guideline; 
•	 Rather than the default position under the 
leaver policy being that deferred bonus/
PSP awards normally vest at cessation for 
a ‘good leaver’, the Policy was updated in 
line with best practice. Going forward, 
rather than vesting at cessation, deferred 
bonus/PSP awards will normally vest at 
the normal vesting date, subject to 
performance targets (where relevant) 
and time pro-rating; and
•	 Malus and clawback provisions in the 
bonus and PSP were enhanced.
Discretion
In view of the general climate of restraint, the 
Committee decided to use its discretion to 
reduce the bonus award from 64.5% of 
salary to 50.0% of salary. In the context of a 
2.0% salary award for the year ended 
31 March 2022 (0% for the year ended 
31 March 2021), nil vesting of the 2018 PSP in 
2021 and the successful achievement of the 
Company’s principal commercial objectives 
in the year to 31 March 2021, the Committee 
believes this to be a fair award.
Changes to the Policy approved 
at the 2020 AGM
Following a detailed review of the existing 
Remuneration Policy approved by 
shareholders at the 2017 AGM, the 
Committee concluded the Remuneration 
Policy remained fit for purpose and well 
aligned to both our strategy and 

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
70
Policy implementation for the year 
ending 31 March 2022
The Committee continues to give careful 
consideration to implementation of the Policy 
for 2021/22 given the ongoing impact of 
Covid-19. The proposed implementation 
of the Policy for 2021/22 is as follows:
•	 Base salary increases will be limited to 
that awarded to the general workforce.
•	 Any new Executive Director appointment 
will receive a workforce-aligned pension. 
Reflecting the difficulties of changing an 
existing contractual commitment 
materially (as noted in the FRC’s 
implementation guidance in respect of 
implementing the new UK Corporate 
Governance Code), the level of Executive 
Director pension provision for the year to 
31 March 2021 for Simon Perkins (18% of 
salary) and Giles Salmon (16% of salary) 
will continue albeit frozen in cash terms at 
the 2020/21 value. Pension provision for 
Tom Elliott (11% of salary) is already broadly 
aligned with the workforce provision.
•	 The maximum annual bonus potential will 
continue to be set at 100% of salary with 
30% based on growth in Net Asset Value 
(“NAV”) per share, 45% based on Earnings 
Per Share (“EPS”) growth and 25% based 
on Strategic targets. While the Committee 
is unable to share the EPS and NAV 
targets for 2021/22 due to the commercial 
sensitivity, full retrospective disclosure of 
the targets, result and any bonus award 
will be set out in the Directors’ 
Remuneration Report for the year ending 
31 March 2022. The strategic targets will 
focus on rent collection, voids, occupier 
retention, ESG progress and projects.
•	 Annual Bonus deferral, whereby any 
bonus award in excess of 50% of salary 
will be deferred into shares for three years, 
will remain unchanged.
•	 PSP award levels will continue to be 
granted over shares worth no more than 
100% of salary, with 40% of awards based 
on NAV growth targets and 60% of awards 
based on relative Total Shareholder 
Return against the selected constituents 
of the FTSE All Share Real Estate 
(Investment and Services REITs) index. 
•	 Shareholding guidelines (both in 
employment and post-cessation) 
will remain at 200% of salary.
Shareholder consultation in respect 
of the new Policy
In taking our revised Policy to the 2020 AGM, 
the Committee consulted with our largest ten 
shareholders and the main representative 
bodies. The Committee was very grateful 
for the level of support received for the 
proposals and as such, no changes will be 
made to the Remuneration Policy, or the 
implementation of the Policy, for the year 
ending 31 March 2022.
Non-Executive Director fees
Following nil increase in 2020/21, Non-
Executive Director fees will increase by 
2.0% in 2021/22.
Conclusion
Implementation of the Policy for 2021/22 
reflects the continued impact of Covid-19, 
whilst reflecting the need for an effective 
remuneration structure at McKay.
I therefore hope that you will be supportive of 
our approach and that you will therefore vote 
in favour of the Directors’ Remuneration 
Report (excluding the Remuneration Policy) 
that will be tabled at the forthcoming AGM.
Nick Shepherd
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
17 May 2021
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

71
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
2. Remuneration 
Policy Report
This section of the Annual 
Report sets out a summary of 
the Directors’ Remuneration 
Policy as approved by 
shareholders at the 2020 AGM.
The full Policy approved by shareholders is set out in the 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2020 which can 
be found at www.mckaysecurities.plc.uk.
The principal objective of the Remuneration Committee 
is to design and implement a Remuneration Policy that 
promotes the long-term success of the Company. The 
Committee seeks to ensure that the senior executives are 
fairly rewarded in light of the Group’s performance, taking 
into account all elements of their remuneration package. 
A significant proportion of executive remuneration is 
performance related, comprising an annual bonus and 
a Performance Share Plan (“PSP”). The fixed portion of 
remuneration comprises basic salary, benefits and a 
payment in lieu of pension.
Policy scope
The Policy applies to the Chair, Executive Directors 
and Non-Executive Directors.
Policy duration
Shareholders approved the current Policy at the 2020 
AGM on 23 July 2020 and it will apply from this date for 
a maximum of three years.
30 Lombard Street, EC3

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
72
Summary Policy table
A summary of the Remuneration Policy is as follows:
Element
Purpose and  
link to strategy
Operation
Maximum  
opportunity
Performance 
measures
Base salary
To recruit and 
reward executives of 
the quality required 
and with appropriate 
skills to manage and 
develop the Group 
successfully.
Reviewed annually by the 
Committee, on the basis of the 
performance of the individual 
Executive Director and 
comparability with other similarly 
sized companies within the 
sector and the market generally. 
Paid on a monthly basis. 
The Committee is guided 
by the general salary 
increase for the broader 
employee population and 
market conditions but on 
occasions may need to 
recognise, for example, a 
change in the scale, scope 
or role and/or market 
movements. However, a 
formal cap on salaries will 
apply such that no 
incumbent Executive 
Director’s base salary shall 
be increased beyond 
£500,000.
n/a
Benefits
To provide 
appropriate levels 
of benefits to 
executives of the 
quality required and 
appropriate skills to 
manage and develop 
the Group 
successfully.
The Company typically provides:
•	 Car allowance  
(paid monthly)
•	 Medical insurance
•	 Life assurance
The Committee reserves the 
discretion to introduce new 
benefits where it concludes 
that it is appropriate to do so, 
having regard to the particular 
circumstances and to 
market practice.
Where appropriate, the 
Company will meet certain costs 
relating to Executive Director 
relocations (which are not 
subject to the benefits cap).
The aggregate value of any 
benefits provided to any 
single Director will not 
exceed £75,000.
n/a
Pension
To provide 
appropriate levels of 
pension provision to 
executives of the 
quality required and 
appropriate skills to 
manage and develop 
the Group 
successfully.
Executive Directors can receive 
pension contributions to 
personal pension arrangements 
or, if a Director is impacted by 
annual or lifetime limits on 
contribution levels to qualifying 
pension plans, the balance or all 
can be paid as a cash 
supplement.
New Executive 
Directors:  
In line with the general 
workforce contribution 
rate (as a percentage 
of salary).
Current Executive 
Directors:  
The Executive Directors 
have agreed to align their 
pension provision with the 
general workforce by 
31 December 2022.
n/a
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

73
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
Element
Purpose and  
link to strategy
Operation
Maximum  
opportunity
Performance 
measures
Annual bonus
To incentivise and 
reward the delivery 
of the Company’s 
strategic objectives.
Annual bonus plan levels and the 
appropriateness of measures 
are reviewed annually as close 
as is practicable to the 
commencement of each 
financial year to ensure they 
continue to support our strategy.
Once set, performance 
measures and targets will 
generally remain unchanged for 
the year, except to reflect events 
such as corporate acquisitions 
or other major transactions 
where the Committee considers 
it to be necessary in its opinion to 
make appropriate adjustments.
Annual bonus plan outcomes are 
paid in cash up to 50% of salary, 
with three-year deferral into 
shares for outcomes greater 
than 50% of salary. The number 
of shares subject to vested 
deferred share awards may 
be increased to reflect the 
value of dividends that would 
have been payable during the 
vesting period.
Malus/clawback provisions 
apply (see below).
Up to 100% of salary
The performance 
measures applied may be 
financial or non-financial 
and corporate divisional 
or individual and in such 
proportions as the 
Committee considers 
appropriate. Where a 
sliding scale of targets is 
used, attaining the 
threshold level of 
performance for any 
measure will not typically 
produce a pay-out of 
more than 30% of the 
maximum portion of 
overall annual bonus 
attributable to that 
measure, with a sliding 
scale to full pay-out for 
maximum performance. 
The Committee will also 
retain the flexibility to 
adjust the bonus outturn 
based upon a formulaic 
assessment of 
performance against the 
targets if it believes that 
this outturn does not 
reflect overall 
performance and/or 
shareholders’ 
experience.
Performance 
Share Plan 
(“PSP”)
To incentivise and 
reward the delivery 
of the Company’s 
strategic objectives. 
and to provide 
further alignment 
with shareholders 
through the use of 
shares and to aid 
retention.
Awards under the PSP may be 
granted as nil/nominal cost 
options or conditional awards 
which vest to the extent 
performance conditions are 
satisfied over a period of at least 
three years. A two-year 
post-vesting holding period will 
also normally apply. Part/all of 
vested awards may also be 
settled in cash. The PSP rules 
allow that the number of shares 
subject to vested PSP awards 
may be increased to reflect the 
value of dividends that would 
have been paid in respect of any 
dividends payable falling 
between the grant and the 
release of shares.
Malus/clawback provisions 
apply (see below).
Normal grant policy: 
Up to 100% of salary
Maximum normal 
grant level: 
Up to 150% of salary
Exceptional grant level: 
Up to 200% of salary
The Committee may set 
such performance 
conditions on PSP 
awards as it considers 
appropriate, whether 
financial or non-financial 
and whether corporate, 
divisional or individual.
Performance periods 
may be over such periods 
as the Committee selects 
at grant, which will not be 
less than, but may be 
longer than, three years. 
No more than 25% of 
awards vest for attaining 
the threshold level of 
performance.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
74
Element
Purpose and  
link to strategy
Operation
Maximum  
opportunity
Performance 
measures
Shareholding 
guidelines
To align executive 
and shareholder 
interests.
The Committee recognises the 
importance of Executive 
Directors aligning their interests 
with shareholders through 
building up significant 
shareholdings in the Group. 
Executive Directors are required 
to retain 100% of any PSP and 
deferred bonus shares acquired 
on vesting (net of tax) until they 
reach the ownership guideline.
In employment: 
200% of salary.
Post employment: 
100% of the shareholding 
guideline (i.e. 200% of 
salary) up until the first 
anniversary of cessation, 
reducing to 50% of the 
guideline between the first 
and second anniversary. 
Own shares purchased 
and shares obtained from 
share awards granted prior 
to the 2020 AGM will be 
excluded from the 
post-cessation guideline.
n/a
Non-Executive 
Director fees
To attract and retain 
a high-calibre Chair 
and Non-Executive 
Directors by offering 
appropriate fees.
The fees paid to the Chair and 
Non-Executive Directors are set 
by reference to comparability 
with other similarly sized 
companies within the sector and 
the market generally. The fees 
payable to the Non-Executive 
Directors are determined by the 
Board, with the Chair’s fees 
determined by the Committee.
The Chair and Non-Executive 
Directors will not participate in 
any cash or share incentive 
arrangements.
The Company reserves the right 
to provide benefits including 
travel and office support. Fees 
are paid on a monthly basis.
When determining fee 
increases, the Company is 
guided by the general 
increase for the broader 
employee population and 
market conditions but on 
occasion may need to 
recognise, for example, 
change in responsibility, 
time commitment and/or 
market movements.
The aggregate fees and 
any benefits of the Chair 
and Non-Executive 
Directors will not exceed 
the limit from time to time 
prescribed within the 
Company’s Articles of 
Association for such fees.
n/a
Notes
1.	
The Committee operates incentive plans according to their respective rules and where relevant in accordance with the Listing Rules. Consistent with market practice, the Committee 
retains discretion over a number of areas relating to the operation and administration of the plan. These include, but are not limited to, determining who participates, the timing of 
awards, award levels, setting performance targets, amending performance targets (if an event occurs, in exceptional circumstances, to enable the targets to fulfil their original 
purpose), assessing performance targets, treatment of awards on a change of control, treatment of awards for leavers and adjusting awards (e.g. as a result of a change in capital 
structure).
2.	
The annual bonus and PSP are based on performance against targets that are aligned with the Company’s short, medium and long-term strategic plan. Where appropriate, a sliding 
scale of targets is set for each metric to encourage continuous improvement and the delivery of stretch performance.
3.	
There are currently no material differences in the broad structure of remuneration arrangements for the Executive Directors and the general employee population, aside from 
participation rates in incentive schemes. While the appropriate benchmarks vary by role, the Company seeks to apply the philosophy behind this policy across the Company as a 
whole. To the extent that the Group’s pay policy for Directors differs from its pay policies for groups of staff, this reflects the appropriate market rate position and/or typical practice 
for the relevant roles. The Company takes into account pay levels, bonus opportunity and share awards applied across the Group as a whole when setting the Executive Directors’ 
remuneration policy.
4.	
For the avoidance of doubt, in approving this Directors’ Remuneration Policy, authority was given to the Company to honour any commitments entered into with current or former 
Directors (such as the payment of the prior year’s annual bonus or the vesting/exercise of share awards granted in the past). Details of any payments to former Directors will be set out 
in the Annual Report on Remuneration as they arise.
5.	
The Regulations and related investor guidance encourages companies to disclose a cap within which each element of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy will operate. Where 
maximum amounts for elements of remuneration have been set within the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, these will operate simply as caps and are not indicative of any aspiration.
6.	
While the Committee does not consider it to form part of benefits in the normal usage of that term, it has been advised that corporate hospitality, whether paid for by the Company or 
another, and business travel for Directors and in exceptional circumstances their families, may technically come within the applicable rules and so the Committee expressly reserves 
the right for the Committee to authorise such activities within its agreed policies.
7.	
The Committee may make minor amendments to the Policy set out above for regulatory, exchange control, tax or administrative purposes or to take account of a change in legislation, 
without obtaining shareholder approval for that amendment.
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

75
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
Malus and clawback provisions
Malus and clawback provisions operate in 
respect of the annual bonus and PSP:
•	 material misstatement of financial results
•	 an error in calculating a performance 
condition
•	 gross misconduct
•	 significant reputational damage
•	 corporate failure or insolvency
How the views of shareholders are 
taken into account 
The Remuneration Committee considers 
shareholder feedback received each year 
following the AGM. This feedback, plus any 
additional feedback received during any 
meetings from time to time, is then 
considered as part of the Company’s annual 
review of the operation of our remuneration 
practices. In addition, the Remuneration 
Committee will seek to engage directly with 
major shareholders and their representative 
bodies should any material changes be 
proposed to the Remuneration Policy. 
Details of votes cast for and against the 
resolution to approve this Remuneration 
Policy and last year’s remuneration report 
and any matters discussed with 
shareholders during the year are set out in 
the Directors’ Remuneration Report (subject 
to issues of commercial sensitivity).
How the views of employees are 
taken into account
When determining salaries and other 
elements of remuneration for our Executives, 
the Committee takes account of general pay 
movement and employment conditions 
elsewhere in the Group, as well as the 
relevant general markets. The Committee 
takes due account of employees’ views when 
determining the design of the Group’s senior 
executive Remuneration Policy although, 
reflecting typical current practice, the 
Committee does not formally consult with 
employees when determining remuneration 
of the Executive Directors.
Remuneration-related risk
The Committee is satisfied that the 
Remuneration Policy, and the way that it is 
operated, does not encourage inappropriate 
risk taking or expose the Remuneration 
Committee to material remuneration-related 
risks. The remuneration arrangements at 
McKay:
•	 have been designed to align the interests 
of the Executives (and employees, given 
that there is strong alignment of packages 
internally) with shareholders and to 
support the sustainable delivery of the 
Company strategy; and
•	 contain a number of shareholder 
protections (i.e. malus and clawback 
provisions, shareholding guidelines, 
bonus deferral and post-vesting holding 
periods on PSP awards).
As such, the Committee remains satisfied the 
controls and procedures in place to mitigate 
remuneration-related risks for Executive 
Directors and the employee population more 
generally are appropriate and proportionate.
Share price growth
Long-term incentive
Annual bonus
Fixed pay
£0
£250
£500
£750
£1,000
£1,250
£1,500
£1,750
Minimum
100%
£510
£818
£1,332
£1,537
62%
25%
31%
27%
31%
27%
13%
13%
38%
33%
On-target
Maximum
Maximum
with share
price growth
Chief Executive Offcer
£0
£250
£500
£750
£1,000
£1,250
£1,500
£1,750
Minimum
100%
£339
£541
£877
£1,012
63%
25%
31%
27%
30%
27%
12%
12%
39%
34%
On-target
Maximum
Maximum
with share
price growth
Chief Financial Offcer
£0
£250
£500
£750
£1,000
£1,250
£1,500
£1,750
Minimum
100%
£282
£458
£753
£871
61%
25%
31%
27%
32%
27%
14%
13%
37%
32%
On-target
Maximum
Maximum
with share
price growth
Property Director
Performance scenario charts £’000

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
76
It has been the Committee’s general policy 
that the service contracts of Executive 
Directors (none of which are for a fixed term) 
should provide for termination of 
employment by giving up to 12 months’ notice 
or by making a payment of an amount equal 
to a maximum of 12 months’ basic salary 
and pension contributions in lieu of notice. 
It is the Committee’s general policy that no 
Executive Director should be entitled to a 
notice period or payment on termination of 
employment in excess of the levels set out in 
his or her service contract. Any payments 
made to a departing Executive Director may 
include, but are not limited to, paying any fees 
for outplacement assistance and/or the 
Director’s legal and/or professional advice 
fees in connection with his/her cessation of 
office or employment.
Annual bonus may be payable in respect of 
good leavers with respect to the period of the 
financial year served although it will normally 
be prorated and paid at the normal pay-out 
date. Any share-based entitlements granted 
to an Executive Director under the 
Company’s share plans will be determined 
based on the relevant plan rules. However, 
in certain prescribed circumstances, such 
as death, ill-health, disability, retirement 
or other circumstances at the discretion of 
the Committee, ‘good leaver’ status may be 
applied. For good leavers, share awards will 
normally vest on the normal vesting date, 
and for performance-based share awards, 
vesting will normally be subject to the 
satisfaction of the relevant performance 
conditions at that time and the number of 
shares under award would be reduced pro 
rata to reflect the proportion of the 
performance period actually served, 
although the Remuneration Committee has 
the discretion to: (i) vest awards at cessation; 
and (ii) for performance-based awards, 
disapply the application of time prorating 
if it considers it appropriate to do so.
External appointments
The Company’s policy is to permit an 
Executive Director to serve as a Non-
Executive Director elsewhere when this 
does not conflict with the individual’s duties 
to the Company, and where an Executive 
Director takes such a role they may be 
entitled to retain any fees which they earn 
from that appointment. Such appointments 
are subject to approval by the Chair. 
At present no Executive Director holds 
any such external appointments.
Service contracts
The Executive Directors’ service contracts 
are terminable by the Company on not less 
than one year’s notice. In each case the 
contracts (which are available for inspection 
at the Group’s head office) are subject to six 
months’ notice by the Executive Director. 
The service contracts are dated as follows:
Executive Director
Date of service contract
S. Perkins 
16 March 2004
G. Salmon 
2 May 2011
T. Elliott 
8 July 2016
The Non-Executive Directors have rolling 
terms of appointment, providing for them 
to retire by rotation in accordance with the 
Articles of Association. In line with the UK 
Corporate Governance Code all Directors 
will submit themselves for re-election 
annually. The terms of appointment for 
the Non-Executive Directors are dated 
as follows:
Non-Executive Director
Date of service contract
R. Grainger
1 May 2014
J. Austen
8 July 2016
N. Shepherd
21 January 2015
J. Bates
17 January 2017
H. Sachdev
13 April 2021
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued
Approach to recruitment 
and promotions
The remuneration package for a new 
Executive Director would be set in 
accordance with the terms of the Company’s 
prevailing approved Remuneration Policy 
at the time of appointment and take into 
account the skills and experience of the 
individual, the market rate for a candidate of 
that experience and the importance of 
securing the relevant individual. Salary would 
be provided at such a level as required to 
attract the most appropriate candidate and 
may be set initially at a below mid-market 
level on the basis that it may increase once 
expertise and performance has been proven 
and sustained. The caps on fixed pay in the 
Policy table will not apply to a new recruit, as 
provided for in the Regulations. The annual 
bonus potential would be limited to 100% of 
salary, and grants under the PSP would be 
limited to 100% of salary (up to 200% of 
salary in exceptional circumstances). 
In addition, the Committee may offer 
additional cash and/or share-based 
elements to replace deferred or incentive 
pay forfeited by an executive leaving a 
previous employer. It would seek to ensure, 
where possible, that these awards would be 
consistent with awards forfeited in terms of 
vesting periods, expected value and 
performance conditions. For an internal 
Executive Director appointment, any variable 
pay element awarded in respect of the prior 
role may be allowed to pay out according to 
its original terms. For external and internal 
appointments, the Committee may agree 
that the Company will meet certain 
relocation and/or incidental expenses 
as appropriate.
Approach to leavers
There are no predetermined provisions 
for compensation within the Executive 
Directors’ service contracts in the event of 
loss of office. The Committee considers all 
proposals for the early termination of the 
service contracts for Executive Directors 
and senior executives and would observe 
the principle of mitigation. 

77
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
3. Annual Report 
on Remuneration
Committee role and 
membership
The Committee consists solely of Non-Executive Directors. 
The members of the Committee who served during the year are: 
N Shepherd – Chair; J Austen; J Bates; R Grainger. H Sachdev 
joined the Committee from 13 April 2021.
No member has any personal interest in the matters decided by 
the Committee, nor any day-to-day involvement in the running of 
the business and therefore all members are considered by the 
Company to be independent. The Committee members have no 
personal financial interest, other than as shareholders, in the 
matters to be decided. 
The Terms of Reference of the Remuneration Committee are 
available on the Company’s website, www.mckaysecurities.plc.uk. 
Details of the Committee members’ attendance at Committee 
meetings during the financial year are as follows:
Committee member
Number of meetings attended
N Shepherd
4 out of 4
J Austen
4 out of 4
J Bates
4 out of 4
R Grainger
4 out of 4
External and internal advisors
During the year the Committee received independent advice 
from FIT Remuneration Consultants LLP (“FIT”) on a range of 
remuneration issues. FIT has no other connection nor does it provide 
any other services to the Company. Total fees paid to FIT in respect 
of its services to the Committee during the year, based on time 
and materials, were £23,754 ex VAT. FIT are long standing 
remuneration advisors and the Remuneration Committee is satisfied 
their advice was objective and independent. FIT is a member of the 
Remuneration Consultants Group and abides by the Remuneration 
Consultants Group Code of Conduct, which requires its advice to 
be objective and impartial. The CEO attends meetings by invitation, 
but is not involved in the discussion of his own remuneration.
Portsoken House, EC3

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
78
Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 31 March 2021 (audited)
Single figure table
The remuneration of the Directors for the years 2021 and 2020 was as follows:
Directors’ 
remuneration
Salary/Fees 
£’000
Benefits1 
£’000
Pension 
including 
£’000
Total  
fixed pay 
£’000
Annual 
bonus2
£’000
Value of 
 long-term 
incentives4
£’000
Total  
variable pay 
£’000
Total 
remuneration 
£’000
Executive
S Perkins
2021
403
28
71
502
201
0
201
703
2020
403
27
71
501
235
155
390
891
G Salmon
2021
264
32
42
338
132
0
132
470
2020
264
34
43
341
154
102
256
597
T Elliott
2021
231
25
25
281
116
0
116
397
2020
231
26
26
283
135
89
224
507
Non-Executive
R Grainger
2021
90
–
–
90
–
–
–
90
2020
90
–
–
90
–
–
–
90
J Austen
2021
46
–
–
46
–
–
–
46
2020
46
–
–
46
–
–
–
46
J Bates
2021
41
–
–
41
–
–
–
41
2020
41
–
–
41
–
–
–
41
N Shepherd
2021
46
–
–
46
–
–
–
46
2020
46
–
–
46
–
–
–
46
Total
2021
1,792
2020
2,215
Notes
1.	
Benefits comprise car allowance and medical insurance.
2.	
Zero % of the 2021 bonus figures presented above will be deferred into shares for three years.
3.	
The values for long-term incentive provision in the table above for 2021 would be estimated based on the average three-month share price to 31 March 2021 of £2.02,  
however the out-turn was zero.
4.	
The value of LTIP includes dividend equivalents.
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

79
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
Annual bonus
The annual bonus for the year ended 31 March 2021 was based on the following targets:
Metric
Weighting 
%
% of 
salary 
Threshold 
%
Maximum 
%
Actual 
%
% of 
maximum
% of  
salary
NAV growth
30
30
RPI + 3
RPI + 10
110
100
45
Strategic targets
25
25
See below
78
19.5
Total
100
100
64.5
Negative direction applied – see below
(14.5)
Revised bonus outcome
50.0
Strategic targets
Metric
Weighting
Target
Committee assessment
Out turn
Rent collection
5%
60% or more within 7 days
90% or more cash collection for 2020/21
Combined cash and ‘agreed’ target of 97% 
or more for 2020/21
72% of rent collected within 7 days 
96% cash collected for year to 
31 March 2021 
98% cash agreed for year to  
31 March 2021
5%
Voids
5%
Portfolio void to be less than 10% at the year end
Voids significantly higher than 10%,  
so target not met
0%
Occupier retention
5%
50% or more, for lease events where the tenant 
could exit
72% of tenants in this class were retained
5%
ESG
5%
Performance against targets (see ESG section)
Most targets met successfully
4.5%
Construction project 
progress
5%
Committee assessment of budget, 
programme and quality
Theale Logistics Park completed and 
let earlier than assumed
5%
Total
25%
19.5%
The Committee reviewed the absolute outcomes of each of the three bonus elements. Whilst the Group has achieved significant successes 
with the letting of Theale Logistics Park, sale of 30 Lombard Street, EC3 and the renewal at Swan Court, Wimbledon during a difficult 
operating environment, it was felt negative discretion was appropriate this year.
Bonus payments (cash or shares) are subject to clawback. Overpayments may be reclaimed in the event of performance achievements 
being found to be materially misstated or erroneous, or in the event of misconduct.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
80
Long-term incentives – vesting of awards
The PSP award granted on 8 June 2018 was subject to performance, for the three years ended 31 March 2021. The performance conditions 
attached to this award and actual performance against these conditions were as follows:
Metric
Weighting 
%
Performance condition
Threshold target
Maximum
Actual  
performance
Vesting 
%
NAV growth
40 Average NAV per share growth of 12% (threshold) 
to 35% (full vesting) over three financial years
12%
35%
<12%
0%
Relative TSR
60 Relative TSR performance against a group of 
quoted real estate sector companies over three 
financial years. 30% of this part of the award 
vests for achieving threshold performance, 
increasing on a straight-line basis to full vesting 
for achieving the stretch target.*
Median
Upper
< Median
0%
Total
0%
Based on the vesting percentage above, details of the shares under award and their estimated value (based on the three-month average 
share price to 31 March 2021 of £2.02 per share) is as follows:
Number  
of shares  
at grant
Number1  
of shares  
to lapse
Number  
of shares  
to vest1
Estimated 
dividend 
equivalents
Total number  
of shares 
estimated  
to vest
Value  
of awards  
vesting
Impact of2  
share price  
on vesting
S Perkins
147,940
147,940
0
0
0
0
n/a
G Salmon
96,816
96,816
0
0
0
0
n/a
T Elliott
84,869
84,869
0
0
0
0
n/a
1.	
Based on the three-month average share price to 31 March 2021 of £2.02.
2.	
Based on the number of shares vesting (excluding dividend equivalents) multiplied by difference between the share price at the date of grant (£2.67) and the three-month average 
share price to 31 March 2021.
Long-term incentives – grant of awards (audited)
The following awards were granted to the Executive Directors on 23 June 2020:
Type of award
Basis of award
Share price  
at grant1
Number  
of shares 
 under award1
Face value  
of award  
£
% of award 
vesting at 
threshold
Performance  
period
S Perkins
Nil  
cost  
option
100%  
of salary
£2.01
200,448
402,900
25%
Three years to 
31 March 2023
G Salmon
100%  
of salary
 £2.01
131,194
263,700
25%
T Elliott
100%  
of salary
£2.01
114,975
231,100
25%
1.	
Based on the average five-day share price prior to 22 June 2020.
The performance targets were as follows:
Metric
Weighting
Performance condition
Threshold target
Maximum
NAV growth
40%
NAV per share growth over three financial years
12%
35%
Relative TSR
60%
Relative TSR performance against a group of quoted real  
estate sector companies over three financial years. 
25% of this part of the award vests for achieving threshold  
performance, increasing on a straight-line basis to full vesting 
for achieving the stretch target.
Median
Upper quartile
*	
Details of the TSR comparator companies can be found here: www.mckaysecurities.plc.uk/investor-relations/performance-share-plan.
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

81
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
Details of outstanding share awards (audited)
31 March  
2020  
Number of 
shares
Granted in 
2020/21 
Number of 
shares
Vested in 
2020/21 
Number of 
shares
Lapsed in 
2020/21 
Number of  
shares
31 March 
2021  
Number of 
shares
Share price  
at grant  
£
Date from 
exercisable/ 
vesting
Expiry
PSP Awards
S Perkins
2017 PSP
167,467
–
80,987
86,480
– 
2.29 
18.07.2020 
17.07.2027
2018 PSP
147,940
–
–
–
147,940
2.67
08.06.2021
07.06.2028
2019 PSP
169,286
–
–
–
169,286
2.38
09.06.2022
09.06.2029
2020 PSP
–
200,448
–
–
200,448
2.01
22.06.2023
22.06.2030
484,693
200,448
80,987
86,480
517,674
G Salmon
2017 PSP
109,607
–
53,006
56,601
–
2.29 
18.07.2020 
17.07.2027
2018 PSP
96,816
–
–
–
96,816
2.67
08.06.2021
07.06.2028
2019 PSP
110,798
–
–
–
110,798
2.38
09.06.2022
09.06.2029
2020 PSP
–
131,194
–
–
131,194
2.01
22.06.2023
22.06.2030
317,221
131,194
53,006
56,601
338,808
T Elliott
2017 PSP
96,070
–
46,459
49,611
–
2.29 
18.07.2020 
17.07.2027
2018 PSP
84,869
–
–
–
84,869
2.67
08.06.2021
07.06.2028
2019 PSP
97,101
–
–
–
97,101
2.38
09.06.2022
09.06.2029
2020 PSP
–
114,975
–
–
114,975
2.01
22.06.2023
22.06.2030
278,040
114,975
46,459
49,611
308,146
Deferred Bonus Awards1
S Perkins
2018 Deferred bonus
25,227
–
–
–
25,227
2.67
08.06.2021
07.06.2028
2019 Deferred bonus
22,820
–
–
–
22,820
2.38
10.06.2022
09.06.2029
2020 Deferred bonus
–
16,995
–
–
16,995
1.97
11.01.2023
10.01.2030
48,047
16,995
–
–
65,042
G Salmon
2018 Deferred bonus
16,511
–
–
–
16,511
2.67
08.06.2021
07.06.2028
2019 Deferred bonus
14,934
–
–
–
14,934
2.38
10.06.2022
09.06.2029
2020 Deferred bonus
–
11,123
–
–
11,123
1.97
11.01.2023
10.01.2030
31,445
11,123
–
–
42,568
T Elliott
2018 Deferred bonus
14,472
–
–
–
14,472
2.67
08.06.2021
07.06.2028
2019 Deferred bonus
13,091
–
–
–
13,091
2.38
10.06.2022
09.06.2029
2020 Deferred bonus
–
9,748
–
–
9,748
1.97
11.01.2023
10.01.2030
27,563
9,748
–
–
37,311
1.	
There was no deferred bonus award in 2017.
Prior year LTIPs
Value at1  
31 March 2020 
Value  
at vesting
S Perkins
142 
152
G Salmon
93
100
T Elliott
81
87
1.	
In respect of the values down for the 2020 PSP awards, the table above shows the change in value between the year end estimate and the actual pre-tax value at the vesting date.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
82
Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests (audited)5
Beneficially 
owned at  
31 March 2020
Beneficially 
owned at  
31 March 2021
Outstanding PSP 
performance 
awards
Outstanding 
deferred bonus 
awards
Shareholding1, 4  
as a % of salary
S Perkins 
347,696
347,6962
517,674
65,042
227%
G Salmon 
167,334
167,334
338,808
42,568
178%
T Elliott 
39,073
39,0733
308,146
37,311
78%
R Grainger 
47,638
57,638
N/A
N/A
N/A
J Austen 
20,500
25,350
N/A
N/A
N/A
J Bates
–
–
N/A
N/A
N/A
N Shepherd 
23,315
23,315
N/A
N/A
N/A
1. 	
Based on year end salaries and share price as at 31 March 2021 of £2.15 per share, and based on beneficially owned shares and vested PSP awards (using the net of tax numbers 
where awards are yet to be exercised).
2. 	
Beneficial holdings, as defined by the Companies Act, would include a further 5,602 shares.
3. 	 Beneficial holdings, as defined by the Companies Act, would include a further 5,200 shares.
4. 	
Executive Directors are required to build up a holding of shares in the Company to the value of 200% of salary.
5.	
H Sachdev appointed to the Board on 13 April 2021 holds no shares in the Company.
Payments for loss of office and payments to past Directors (audited)
No payments were made for loss of office and no payments were made to past Directors in the year ended 31 March 2021.
Percentage change in the remuneration of the Board
The table below shows the percentage change in each Director’s remuneration (excluding the value of any long-term incentives and pension 
benefits receivable in the year) between 2019/20 and 2020/21 compared to that of the average for all employees of the Group.
% Change from 2019/20 to 2020/21
Salary
Benefits
Bonus
S Perkins
0% 
8% 
-14%
G Salmon
0% 
3%
-14%
T Elliott
0% 
-4%
-14%
R Grainger
0% 
N/A
N/A
J Austen
0% 
N/A
N/A
J Bates
0% 
N/A
N/A
N Shepherd
0% 
N/A
N/A
Average employees 
0% 
-2%
-14%
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

83
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
TSR performance
The chart below shows the Company’s TSR compared to the FTSE Real Estate Index and the FTSE All Share Index over the past ten years. 
This chart shows the value of £100 invested in the FTSE Real Estate Index and the FTSE All Share Index. These indices have been chosen by 
the Remuneration Committee as they are considered to be an appropriate benchmark against which to assess the relative performance of 
the Company.
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
2014
2013
2012
31 March 2011
McKay Securities Plc
FTSE 350 Real Estate Index
FTSE All Share Index
Source: Datastream
CEO total remuneration
The total remuneration figures for the Chief Executive Officer during each of the last ten financial years are shown in the table below. The total 
remuneration figure includes the annual bonus based on that year’s performance and PSP awards based on three-year performance periods 
ending just after the relevant year end. The annual bonus payout and PSP vesting level, as a percentage of the maximum opportunity, are also 
shown for each of these years.
31 March
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
Total 
remuneration  
(£’000)
£410 
£413 
£802 
£1,139 
£1,197 
£690 
£902
£805
£891
£703
Annual bonus1  
(% of salary) 
10 
13 
45 
55 
70 
28 
68
64
58
50
PSP vesting  
(% of max) 
0 
0 
60 
100 
100 
40 
40
14
48
0
1.	
From 2019 onwards.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
84
Relative importance of the spend on pay
The following table shows the Company’s actual spend on pay (for all employees) relative to dividends.
31 March
2020
2021
% change
Staff costs (£’m)1
£3.70
£3.23
-13%
Dividends (£’m)1
£6.79
£7.75 
+14%
£1.57 million of the staff costs in 2020/21 figures relate to pay for the Executive Directors. This is different to the aggregate of the single figures 
for the year under review due to the way in which the share-based awards are accounted for. The dividend figures relate to amounts payable 
in respect of the relevant financial year.
1.	
The final dividend of 5.5 pence per share will be paid on 93.02 million shares subject to further buybacks until the record date of 28 May 2021 (94.26 million for 2019/20).
CEO pay ratio
CEO pay ratio data is presented below on a voluntary basis for the year ended 31 March 2021 (as McKay has fewer than 250 employees, it is 
not required to disclose this information). The data shows how the CEO’s single figure remuneration for 2020/21 (as taken from the single 
figure remuneration table) compares to equivalent single figure remuneration for full-time equivalent UK employees ranked at the 25th, 50th 
and 75th percentiles. Comparatives in respect of the ratio data for the prior two years is also shown.
Year
Method
25th percentile 
Median 
75th percentile 
2020/21
Option A
5:1
7:1
12:1
2019/20
Option A
5:1
8:1
13:1
2018/19
Option A
5:1
8:1
11:1
No components of pay and benefits have been omitted for the purpose of the above calculations. Option A was selected by the Committee 
given that this method of calculation was considered to be the most robust approach statistically.
Option A is a single total remuneration figure for each employee on which to identify the lower quartile, upper quartile and median individuals 
for the calculation.
Year
CEO salary 
data:
Quartile salary data:
CEO single  
figure:
Quartile total pay and benefits data:
25th %tile
Median
75th %tile
25th %tile
Median
75th %tile
2020/21
£402,900
£42,600
£56,100
£84,700
£703,850
£60,836
£99,929
£136,855
2019/20
£402,900
£42,600
£55,600
£96,500
£877,000
£67,433
£107,695
£172,870
2018/19
£395,000
£46,400
£54,400
£94,600
£805,000
£71,560
£100,434
£164,222
Gender pay
McKay is not required to publish gender pay statistics given that it has fewer than 250 employees. However, the Board considers gender pay 
in detail and is committed to fairness. Voluntary disclosure will be kept under review although the calculations are not considered to be 
statistically robust at the current time given McKay’s low number of employees.
Statement of shareholder voting
The following table presents the voting at the: (i) 2020 AGM in respect of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy; and (ii) the 2020 AGM in respect 
of the Directors’ Remuneration Report:
Remuneration Policy 
2020 AGM
Remuneration Report 
2020 AGM
Number of votes
%
Number of votes
%
Proxy votes cast in favour
52,965,150 
95.99 
53,272,229* 
99.94 
Proxy votes cast against 
2,214,714 
4.01 
31,822 
0.06
Total votes cast 
55,179,864 
100 
53,304,051 
100
Proxy votes withheld 
53,408 
1,929,221 
* Includes discretionary votes of 880,161.
Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

85
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
Implementation of the Remuneration Policy for the year ending  
31 March 2022
Salaries 
Base salaries will be increased by 2% from 1 April 2021 in line with the general workforce increase.
Current salary levels are as follows: 
Salary as at 
1 April 2020 
£
Salary as at 
1 April 2021 
£
S Perkins 
402,900
411,000
G Salmon 
263,700
269,000
T Elliott 
231,100
235,700
Benefits and pension
No changes will be made to benefit or provision. However, as stated in last year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report: 
•	 the Executive Directors have agreed to reduce their pension provision to 10% of salary by 31 December 2022 so that it is aligned with the 
workforce provision from the start of 2023 onwards; and
•	 any new Executive Director appointment would receive a workforce-aligned pension from appointment. 
Annual bonus scheme
The maximum annual bonus potential will continue to be set at 100% of salary and performance metrics will be 30% based on growth in Net 
Asset Value (“NAV”) per share, 45% based on Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) growth and 25% based on Strategic targets with NAV and EPS targets 
straddling internal and external forecasts. While the Committee is unable to share the target ranges for 2021/22 at this point, full retrospective 
disclosure of the targets, result and any bonus award will be set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ending 31 March 2022. 
Annual bonus deferral, whereby any bonus award in excess of 50% of salary will be deferred into shares for three years, will remain unchanged.
Performance Share Plan
PSP awards to be granted in the year ending 31 March 2022 will be subject to the following targets:
Performance condition
Threshold target 
(25% vesting)
Stretch target 
(100% vesting)
End of  
performance  
period
Relative TSR against a bespoke group of quoted real estate companies 
as listed on the website (60% of award)
Median
Upper quartile
31 March 2024
Absolute NAV per share growth (40% of award)
Growth of 12%
Growth of 35%
31 March 2024
The Committee considers the above targets to be appropriately challenging. Consistent with previous years, Executive Directors will receive 
a PSP award equivalent in value to 100% of salary. Clawback provisions will continue to apply, as will a two-year post-vesting holding period.
Fees for the Chair and Non-Executive Directors1, 2
Fees as at 
1 April 2020
Fees as at 
1 April 2021
R Grainger
£90,000
£91,800
J Austen
£45,500
£46,400
J Bates
£40,500
£41,300
N Shepherd
£45,500
£46,400
1. 	
Helen Sachdev joined the Board on 13 April 2021 on an annual salary of £41,300.
2. 	
Article 87 of the Company’s Articles of Association currently limits the payment of directors’ fees to £250,000 in aggregate each year, or any higher sum decided on by an ordinary 
resolution at a general meeting. As part of a broader update to the Company’s Articles which will be proposed at the Company’s 2021 Annual General Meeting in order to bring the 
Articles in line with market practice and the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code, the proposed new Articles increase the aggregate limit on Directors’ fees to £400,000 per 
annum. The new proposed aggregate limit has been calculated taking account of the recent appointment of a Non-Executive Director to the Company and in order to ensure that 
there is adequate headroom for future appointments to the Board and/or for future changes to the fees payable to the Company’s Directors, where that is considered to be in the best 
interests of the Company.
The Directors’ Annual Remuneration Report has been approved by the Board of Directors.
Signed on behalf of the Board of Directors.
By Order of the Board:
Nick Shepherd
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
17 May 2021

The Directors present their report  
and audited financial statements for  
the year ended 31 March 2021.
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
86
Directors’ Report
Introduction
This report is prepared in line with Schedule 
7 of the Large and Medium Sized Companies 
and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008. As permitted under the 
Companies Act 2006 Section 414C (11) and 
Listing Rule 9.8.4R some of the matters in 
this report have been included in the 
following pages of the Annual Report:
Section
Page
Business Model and Strategy
16 to 17
Business Purpose, Culture 
and Values
4
Future Business Developments
7
Stakeholder Engagement
20 to 21
Principal Risks and Uncertainties 45 to 49
Viability and Going Concern 
Statements
50 to 51
Greenhouse Gas Emissions
37
Financial Instruments
118
Corporate Governance Report
58 to 87
Statement of Directors’ 
Responsibilities
88
Diversity Policy
64
Payment of Creditors
117
Directors’ Engagement 
with Employees
60
Activity and assets
McKay Securities Plc is a Real Estate 
Investment Trust (“REIT”) based in the United 
Kingdom. The subsidiary undertaking 
principally affecting the profits or net assets 
of the Company in the year is listed in note  
13 of the Annual Report and Financial 
Statements. The Company is listed on the 
main market of the London Stock Exchange.
Property valuations
The Company’s properties were valued by 
an external professional valuer at 31 March 
2021. A decrease in value of £28.51 million 
(2020: decrease £2.20 million) has been 
included in the Consolidated Profit and 
Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 
Statement.
After taking into account retained profits 
and dividends paid during the year, basic 
net asset value per share at 31 March 2021 
was 309 pence (2020: 328 pence).
Profit and dividend
The profit for the year is set out in the 
Consolidated Profit and Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income Statement.
Profit before tax was £9.96million (31 March 
2020: £9.12 million).
Under the REIT regime the Company will, 
in the normal course of business, be required 
to pay at least 90% of its relevant income 
arising in each accounting period, by way 
of a PID, but in addition may also make 
distributions to shareholders by way 
of non-PID dividend payments.
The Directors have recommended a final 
dividend of 5.5 pence per share, all of which 
will be paid as an ordinary dividend, making a 
total for the year of 8.3 pence per share 
(2020: 7.2 pence).If approved at the AGM on 
1 July 2021 the dividend will be paid on 
22 July 2021 to shareholders recorded on 
the register at the close of business on 
28 May 2021.
Directors
The Board of Directors for the financial year 
to 31 March 2021 was:
R Grainger 
S Perkins 
G Salmon 
T Elliott
J Austen 
J Bates
N Shepherd
Mrs H Sachdev joined the Board and 
its Committees on 13 April 2021.
Details of the Chairs and members of the 
Audit and Risk Committee, Nomination 
Committee, and Remuneration Committee 
are provided in each of the Committee Reports.
Appointment and replacement  
of Directors
The rules about the appointment and 
replacement of Directors are contained 
in the Companies Act 2006, legislation 
and the Company’s Articles. In accordance 
with the Company’s Articles and the 2018 UK 
Corporate Governance Code all the 
Directors being eligible will offer themselves 
for re-election at the 2021 AGM. 
Biographical details of the Directors 
are set out on pages 56 and 57.
Directors’ interests
Apart from service contracts and share 
options, details of which are set out in the 
Directors’ Remuneration Report from page 
68 onwards, no Director had a material 
business interest during the year in any 
contract with the Company.
Details of the Directors’ interests in the 
ordinary shares of the Company and share 
options are provided in the Directors’ Annual 
Remuneration Report on pages 80 to 82.
Directors’ powers
The Company’s Directors have powers set 
out within the Companies Act 2006, 
legislation and the Company’s Articles of 
Association, in particular powers in relation 
to the allotment and repurchase of its own 
Company shares as granted by shareholders 
at the 2020 AGM.
Share buy-back programme
On 8 March 2021 the Company announced 
a share buy-back programme. The Board 
set the total size of the programme at up to  
£10.0 million or approximately 5% of the 
Company’s issued ordinary share capital. 
As at 17 May 2021, 1,321,376 shares at a 
nominal value of £264,275.20 were 
repurchased and cancelled. This amounts 
to 1.41% of ordinary issued share capital. 
Directors’ and officers’  
liability insurance
In accordance with Article 140 of the 
Articles and to the extent permitted by 
the Companies Act 2006, the Company 
maintains Directors’ and officers’ liability 
insurance, which is reviewed annually.

87
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
Substantial shareholdings
In addition to the Directors’ interests referred 
to on page 82 of the Directors’ Annual 
Remuneration Report, the Company has 
been notified in accordance with the UK 
Listing Authority’s Disclosure Guidance and 
Transparency Rules of the following holdings 
of the Company’s shares (see note 18 of the 
financial statements) as at 31 March 2021:
	
Shares
%
Aberforth Partners 
LLP
13,185,559
14.02
Tristan Capital 
Partners LLP
12,392,709
13.15
Bank of Montreal* 
(BMO)
9,488,840
10.06
*	
9.06% are held by Thames River Capital LLP.
Notification since 31 March 2021:
Shares
%
Bank of Montreal* 
(BMO)
9,272,324
9.97
*	
8.42% are held by Thames River Capital LLP.
Political donations
No political donations were made during 
the year (2020: nil).
Charitable donations
The Company donates to local and national 
charities as appropriate during the year. 
For details please see the Sustainability 
Review on page 40.
Change of control
Some of the Company’s banking 
arrangements may be terminable upon a 
change of control of the Company.
The Company’s Performance Share Plan 
has provisions with regard to vesting of 
awards in the event of a change of control.
There are no agreements between the 
Company and its Directors or employees 
providing for compensation for loss of 
office or employment that occurs because 
of a takeover.
Share capital
The issued share capital of the Company as 
at 31 March 2021 was 93,800,933 ordinary 
shares of 20 pence each. There are no 
restrictions on transfer or limitations on the 
holding of the ordinary shares. None of the 
shares carry any special rights with regard to 
control of the Company.
There are no known arrangements under 
which financial rights are held by a person 
other than the holder of the shares and no 
known agreements or restrictions on share 
transfers or voting rights. The Company has 
employee share schemes in which the voting 
rights in respect of the shares are 
exercisable by the employees.
Articles of Association
Changes to the Articles must be approved by 
shareholders in accordance with the Articles 
and applicable legislation. It is proposed to 
update the Company’s Articles at the 2021 
AGM as referred to under special resolutions 
and within note 19 of the Company’s Notice 
of Meeting. The Company’s Articles will be 
available for inspection at the AGM and in 
accordance with applicable legislation.
AGM
The 75th Annual General Meeting of 
the Company will be held at The Royal 
Thames Yacht Club, 60 Knightsbridge, 
London SW1 on 1 July 2021 at 11.30am.
At the forthcoming AGM the following 
special resolutions will be proposed which 
constitute special business:
Power to allot shares1  
(special resolution)
The Directors were granted authority at  
the last AGM held in 2020 to allot relevant 
securities up to a nominal amount of 
£6,284,266. That authority will apply until the 
conclusion of this year’s AGM. At this year’s 
AGM shareholders will be asked to grant an 
authority to allot shares in the Company and 
to grant rights to subscribe for or convert any 
security into shares in the Company (i) up  
to a nominal amount of £6,201,206 and 
(ii) comprising equity securities up to a 
nominal amount of £12,402,413 (after 
deducting from such limit any shares or 
rights allotted or granted under (i)), in 
connection with an offer by way of a rights 
issue, (the ‘Section 551 authority”), such 
Section 551 authority to apply until the end 
of the next AGM (or, if earlier, until close of 
business on 30 September 2022).
Two special resolutions will also be proposed 
to grant the Directors power to make 
non-pre-emptive issues for cash 
consideration with rights issues and 
otherwise up to a total nominal amount 
of £1,860,360.
Market purchase of shares1   
(special resolution)
At the 2020 AGM shareholders renewed the 
Directors’ authority to repurchase up to 10% 
of the Company’s issued share capital at that 
time (9,426,399 ordinary shares) in the 
market, subject to minimum and maximum 
price constraints. That authority will apply 
until the conclusion of this year’s AGM. 
538,542 number of shares were 
repurchased during the year to 31 March 
2021 and cancelled. The Company does not 
hold any shares in treasury. Renewal of this 
authority by special resolution will be 
proposed at the 2021 AGM and the authority 
will be limited to a maximum of 9,301,809 
ordinary shares.
1.	
These figures are as at 17 May 2021 and are subject to 
change given the ongoing share buyback programme.
General meetings 
The calling of general meetings other 
than the AGM on not less than 14 days’ 
clear notice.
Articles of Association
The Company will be looking to update the 
Company’s current Articles of Association 
(the ‘Current Articles”) which were adopted 
in 2002 and adopt new Articles of 
Association (the ‘New Articles”). The 
principal changes introduced in the New 
Articles are primarily to reflect changes to 
the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 
(the ‘Code”) requirements as well as best 
market practice.
Further information on the AGM including 
notes to the resolutions and how to vote 
has been included within the Notice of 
Meeting that has been sent to shareholders 
and is available to view online at 
mckaysecurities.plc.uk.
Auditor
Deloitte LLP undertook the audit for the year 
to 31 March 2021.
In accordance with Section 489 of the 
Companies Act 2006, a resolution for the 
reappointment of Deloitte LLP as auditor 
of the Company will be proposed at the 
forthcoming AGM.
The Directors who held office at the date of 
approval of this Directors’ Report confirm 
that, so far as they are each aware, there is 
no relevant audit information of which the 
Company’s auditor is unaware and each 
Director has taken all reasonable steps 
that he/she ought to have taken as a Director 
to make himself/herself aware of any 
relevant audit information and to establish 
that the Company’s auditor is aware of that 
information. This confirmation is given 
in accordance with Section 418(2) of the 
Companies Act 2006.
Important events since  
31 March 2021
•	 The appointment of Helen Sachdev was 
made on 13 April 2021 
•	 The issued share capital as of 17 May 2021 
was 93,018,099 ordinary shares
J McKeown 
Company Secretary 
17 May 2021 

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
88
Statement of Directors’  
Responsibilities
in respect of the Annual Report and the 
Financial Statements
Company law requires the Directors to 
prepare Group and Parent Company 
financial statements for each financial year. 
Under that law they are required to prepare 
the Group financial statements in 
accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards as adopted by the 
European Union (“IFRSs as adopted by the 
EU”) and applicable law and have elected to 
prepare the Parent Company financial 
statements on the same basis. 
Under Company law the Directors must not 
approve the financial statements unless they 
are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group and Parent 
Company and of their profit or loss for that 
period. In preparing each of the Group and 
Parent Company financial statements, the 
Directors are required to: 
•	 select suitable accounting policies and 
then apply them consistently; 
•	 make judgements and estimates that are 
reasonable, relevant and reliable; 
•	 state whether they have been prepared in 
accordance with IFRSs as adopted by 
the EU; 
•	 assess the Group and Parent Company’s 
ability to continue as a going concern, 
disclosing, as applicable, matters related 
to going concern; and 
•	 use the going concern basis of accounting 
unless they either intend to liquidate the 
Group or the Parent Company or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative 
but to do so. 
The Directors are responsible for keeping 
adequate accounting records that are 
sufficient to show and explain the Parent 
Company’s transactions and disclose with 
reasonable accuracy at any time the financial 
position of the Parent Company and enable 
them to ensure that its financial statements 
comply with the Companies Act 2006. 
They are responsible for such internal 
control as they determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial 
statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, 
and have general responsibility for taking 
such steps as are reasonably open to them 
to safeguard the assets of the Group and to 
prevent and detect fraud and other 
irregularities. 
Under applicable law and regulations, the 
Directors are also responsible for preparing 
a Strategic Report, Directors’ Report, 
Directors’ Remuneration Report and 
Corporate Governance Statement that 
complies with that law and those regulations. 
The Directors are responsible for the 
maintenance and integrity of the corporate 
and financial information included on the 
Company’s website. Legislation in the UK 
governing the preparation and dissemination 
of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.
Responsibility statement of  
the Directors in respect of the  
Annual Financial Report 
We confirm that to the best of our knowledge: 
•	 the financial statements, prepared in 
accordance with the applicable set of 
accounting standards, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial 
position and profit or loss of the Company 
and the undertakings included in the 
consolidation taken as a whole; and 
•	 the report of the Directors includes a 
fair review of the development and 
performance of the business and 
the position of the issuer and the 
undertakings included in the consolidation 
taken as a whole, together with a 
description of the principal risks and 
uncertainties that they face. 
We consider that the Annual Report and 
Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders 
to assess the Group’s position and 
performance, business model and strategy. 
S Perkins
Chief Executive Officer
17 May 2021 
G Salmon
Chief Financial Officer
17 May 2021 
The Directors are responsible for preparing 
the Annual Report and the Group and Parent 
Company financial statements in accordance 
with applicable law and regulations. 

89
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
Independent Auditor’s Report
For the year ended 31 March 2021
Report on the audit of the financial statements
1	 Opinion
In our opinion:
•	 the financial statements of McKay Securities Plc (the ‘parent company”) and its subsidiaries (the ‘Group”) give a true and fair view of 
the state of the Group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 March 2021 and of the Group’s loss for the year then ended;
•	 the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 , and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the 
European Union; 
•	 the parent company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; and
•	 the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements which comprise:
•	 the Consolidated Profit and Loss and other Comprehensive Income;
•	 the Consolidated and Company Statement of Financial Position;
•	 the Consolidated and Company Cash Flow Statements;
•	 the Consolidated and Company Statements of Changes in Equity; and
•	 the related notes 1 to 24.
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the Group financial statements is applicable law, and 
international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006, and IFRSs as adopted by the European 
Union. The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the preparation of the parent company financial statements is applicable 
law and international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
2	 Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our responsibilities 
under those standards are further described in the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report.
We are independent of the Group and the parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial statements in the UK, including the Financial Reporting Council’s (the ‘FRC’s”) Ethical Standard as applied to listed public interest 
entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. The non-audit services provided to the 
Group and parent company for the year are disclosed in note 3 to the financial statements. We confirm that the non-audit services prohibited 
by the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided to the Group or the parent company.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
3	 Summary of our audit approach
Key audit matters
The key audit matters that we identified in the current year were:
•	
Valuation of the investment property portfolio; and
•	
Going concern and covenant compliance
Within this report, key audit matters are identified as follows:
!    Newly identified
   Increased level of risk
   Similar level of risk
   Decreased level of risk
Materiality
The materiality that we used for the Group financial statements was £4.3m which was determined 
on the basis of 1.5% of net assets. For testing of balances that impacted EPRA earnings, a lower 
materiality threshold of £470,000 was used based on 5% of EPRA earnings. 
Scoping
We subject all components of the Group to full scope audit procedures, therefore accounting for 
100% of the Group’s net assets, revenue and profit before tax.
Significant changes in
our approach
There have been no significant changes in our audit approach, other than adopting a controls 
reliance approach in our testing of rental income. 

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
90
Independent Auditor’s Report continued
4	 Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of 
the financial statements is appropriate.
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group’s and parent company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting is discussed in section 5.2. 
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or 
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 
twelve months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
In relation to the reporting on how the Group has applied the UK Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw 
attention to in relation to the directors’ statement in the financial statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate to adopt 
the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.
5	 Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the financial statements of 
the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) that we identified. 
These matters included those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing 
the efforts of the engagement team.
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we 
do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
5.1	
Valuation of the investment property portfolio  
 
Key audit matter description
The Group’s investment properties are valued by an external valuer at £437.9m on 31 March 2021 
(31 March 2020: £510.0m), thereby representing the most quantitatively material balance in the 
financial statements. Refer to note 10 for further disclosure on the investment property valuation. 
The investment properties are carried at fair value based on an appraisal by the Group’s external 
valuers. Valuations are carried out at six-monthly intervals for the Group in accordance with the 
Royal Institute of Chartered Surveyors (RICS) Valuation Global Standards 2020 (Red Book). 
The valuation of the investment property portfolio is a significant area of estimation that is 
underpinned by a number of key assumptions, including property yields and estimated future  
rental value. 
The property fair values are calculated by a third party external valuation experts using factual 
information, such as lease agreements and tenancy data, and their professional judgement in 
respect of market conditions and transactional evidence, in addition to factors impacting individual 
properties. Our key audit matter in relation to the valuation of the investment property portfolio is 
focused on the key estimates and assumptions applied in the determination of the valuation, 
specifically property yields and estimated future rental values. The property valuation has been 
impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, resulting in a change in the key estimates and assumptions, 
resulting in an overall valuation loss in the year. We have identified a fraud risk pertaining to the 
valuation of the investment property portfolio in relation to management’s incentive to manipulate 
the overall valuation. Specifically the fraud risk is focused on Management’s ability to place 
pressure and undue pressure on the external valuer, to change their key estimates to materially 
misstate the valuation.
Further detail is provided within key sources of estimation uncertainty in note 1, note 10 to the 
financial statements and the Audit and Risk Committee report on pages 65 to 67.

91
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
5.1	
Valuation of the investment property portfolio continued  
 
How the scope of our
audit responded to the
key audit matter
We obtained an understanding of the Group’s relevant controls to address the risk over 
property valuations.
We assessed management’s process for reviewing the valuations of the property portfolio.
We obtained the external valuation report and held a virtual meeting with the external valuers of the 
property portfolio to understand the valuation process, to discuss and challenge the performance 
of the portfolio and, for a sample of properties, challenged significant assumptions and critical 
estimation areas, including estimated rental values and property yields.
We worked with our internal real estate valuation specialists, who are chartered surveyors, to assist 
us to challenge the significant estimates and assumptions applied in the valuation performed by the 
Group’s external valuers. Our internal real estate valuation specialists also assisted us to assess the 
impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the movement in the significant estimates and assumptions, 
and the external valuer’s treatment of pandemic on the portfolio valuation.
Our real estate specialist utilised relevant industry data to benchmark the portfolio performance 
and key assumptions used, to assess whether the external evidence supported the assumptions 
used by the external valuers. We considered the changes made to key valuation assumptions at a 
macro-level on the properties held by the Group and benchmarked these against changes in the 
wider market and against relevant market evidence including specific property sales and other 
external data.
We assessed the valuation methodology being used and considered any departures from the Red 
Book guidance and additionally, tested the integrity of the model used.
We compared the property specific assumptions made to ensure there is consistency within the 
portfolio as well as consistency with related assumptions used in other estimates.
We tested the integrity of a sample of the data provided to the external valuer. This included 
verifying a sample of information provided to the external valuer to underlying lease agreements.
We assessed the competence, independence and integrity of the external valuers.
As part of our disclosures testing, we have reviewed the disclosures made in the financial 
statements and considered if the specific disclosures in relation to the estimation are 
considered reasonable.
Key observations
We concluded that the estimates and assumptions applied in arriving at the fair value of the Group’s 
property portfolio were appropriate.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
92
Independent Auditor’s Report continued
5	 Key audit matters continued
5.2	 Going concern and covenant compliance  
Key audit matter description
As at 31 March 2021, external borrowings had a carrying value of £141m (31 March 2020: £190.5m), 
representing a £65.0m term loan and a £180.0m revolving credit facility, which mature in 2030 and 
April 2024 respectively. The Group has £101m (31 March 2020: £51m) of undrawn revolving credit 
facility, in addition of cash of £2.2m (31 March 2020: £2.2m).
We identified a key audit matter relating to the ability of the Group to meet the external loan 
covenant requirements during the year and for a period of one year from the date of the 
authorisation of the financial statements. The Group’s banking covenants are linked to the 
borrowing to property valuation ratio and the interest cover achieved through rental income. 
While there is headroom in these ratios throughout the forecast period, a downward movement in 
property valuations because of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, where the valuation impacts may 
be greater and quicker than evidenced in recent years, could affect the available headroom.
Under a downside forecast sensitivity scenario, the Group expects there to be a reduction in rental 
income in the forecast period because of a future trading restrictions due to any further the 
COVID-19 pandemic lockdowns that may arise. The impact of this potential reduction in rental 
income could affect the ability of the Group to meet its interest cover calculations.
Management’s consideration of the going concern basis of preparation is set out in the Going 
Concern statement on page 51 and note 1. Management has adopted the going concern basis of 
accounting for the Group and parent company; they have concluded that there are no material 
uncertainties that may cast significant doubt over the Group’s and parent company’s ability to 
adopt this basis for a period of at least 12 months from the date when the financial statements are 
authorised for issue.
As at the date of this report, COVID-19 lockdown restrictions are gradually easing in the United 
Kingdom, however this is in contrast to the rest of Continental Europe, where lockdown restrictions 
are increasing. Despite the improving situation in the United Kingdom, there is still a degree of 
uncertainty in respect of the global outlook because of the COVID-19 pandemic. Should the 
COVID-19 pandemic deteriorate, and exacerbate the impact on the Group’s tenants, compared to 
the Directors current forecasts and sensitivities, the risk in the Group’s going concern status could 
increase, as disclosed in the Audit and Risk Committee report on pages 65 to 67.
How the scope of our
audit responded to the
key audit matter
We challenged the judgements and assumptions applied by management in their going concern 
assessment and associated forecasts of financial performance and financial position, considering 
the reasonableness of assumptions regarding uncertain cash inflows and the timing and quantum 
of cash outflows. As part of this, we assessed the historical accuracy of forecasts previously 
prepared by management.
We assessed the appropriateness of Management’s downside sensitivities, taking into 
consideration assumptions associated with rental collection levels impacted by the ongoing 
COVID-19 pandemic. We challenged Management’s tenant risk assessment undertaken for the 
most significant clients, utilising external market research obtained to assess the appropriateness 
of these assumptions.
We reviewed the Group’s loan documentation to understand the principal terms, including financial 
covenants, and performed a review of the Group’s existing and forecast compliance with debt 
covenants. We tested the mechanical accuracy of Management’s covenant calculations, including 
the consistency with the contractual definitions.
We assessed the appropriateness of the headroom available on covenants and compared 
management’s projections with market information available associated with future income 
and property.
As part of our disclosures testing, we have reviewed and assessed the appropriateness of the 
Going Concern disclosures within the annual report and financial statements.
Key observations
We concur with management’s conclusion to prepare the Group and parent company financial 
statements on a going concern basis.

93
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
6	 Our application of materiality
6.1	
Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the financial statements that makes it probable that the economic decisions of a 
reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our audit work and in 
evaluating the results of our work.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:
Group financial statements
Parent company financial statements
Materiality
£4.3m (2020: £4.6m)
For testing balances that impacted EPRA 
Earnings, a lower materiality threshold was 
applied, of £470,000 (2020: £482,000)
£3.9m (2020: £4.2m)
Basis for determining materiality
We have determined materiality for the Group and parent company based on: 
•	
1.5% of net assets (2020: 1.5% of net assets); and
•	
5% of EPRA Earnings for testing of balances that impact that measure (2020: 5% of EPRA Earnings).
Rationale for the
benchmark applied
As an investment property company, the main focus of Management is to generate long-term 
capital value for investors and shareholders from the investment property portfolio and, therefore, 
we consider net assets to be the most appropriate basis for materiality to be applied for testing of 
the Group’s and parent company’s balance sheet items.
We continue to consider EPRA earnings to be a critical performance measure for the Group and we 
therefore calculated and applied a lower materiality to testing of those items impacting EPRA earnings.
NAV £289m
Group materiality £4.3m
Component materiality 
£3.9m
Audit Committee 
reporting threshold 
£0.215m
NAV
Group materiality
6.2	 Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceed the materiality for the financial statements as a whole. 
Group financial statements
Parent company financial statements
Performance materiality
70% (2020: 70%) of Group materiality
70% (2020: 70%) of parent  
company materiality 
Basis and rationale for
determining performance
materiality
In determining performance materiality, we considered the following factors: 
•	
Our risk assessment, including our understanding of the Group’s overall control environment 
which we consider appropriate for the size and nature of the Group;
•	
Low turnover over of staff within the executive management and key accounting personnel; and 
•	
Our past experience of the audit, which has indicated a low number of corrected and 
uncorrected misstatements identifed in the current and prior years. 
6.3	 Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Audit and Risk Committee that we would report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of £215,000 (2020: 
£235,000), as well as differences below that threshold that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We also report to the 
Audit and Risk Committee on disclosure matters that we identified when assessing the overall presentation of the financial statements.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
94
7	 An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1	
Identification and scoping of components
We performed a full scope audit of the financial statements of the parent company and Group. These components subject to a full scope 
audit account for 100% of the Group’s net assets, revenue and profit before tax.
7.2	 Our consideration of the control environment 
From our understanding of the relevant controls we adopted a controls reliance approach in our audit of rental income. 
Our ability to adopt a controls reliance approach relied upon obtaining an understanding of the rental income process, identifying the relevant 
controls, and testing the operating effectiveness of those relevant controls in the business process throughout the year. 
In addition, we obtained an understanding of the relevant controls such as those relating to the financial reporting process and the investment 
property valuation process.
8	 Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the annual report, other than the financial statements and our auditor’s report 
thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information contained within the annual report.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in our 
report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a 
material misstatement in the financial statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
9	 Responsibilities of directors
As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities statement, the directors are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view, and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to 
enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as 
a going concern, disclosing as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the 
directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
10	Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but 
is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be 
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at:  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
11	 Extent to which the audit was considered capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our 
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our 
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud is detailed below. 
11.1	 Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance with laws and 
regulations, we considered the following:
•	 the nature of the industry and sector, control environment and business performance including the design of the Group’s remuneration 
policies, key drivers for directors’ remuneration, bonus levels and performance targets;
•	 results of our enquiries of Management, and the Audit and Risk committee about their own identification and assessment of the risks of 
irregularities; 
•	 any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed the Group’s documentation of their policies and procedures relating to:
–	 identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and regulations and whether they were aware of any instances of non-compliance;
–	 detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud;
–	 the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations; and
•	 the matters discussed among the audit engagement team and relevant internal specialists, including valuations, pensions, and analytics 
specialists regarding how and where fraud might occur in the financial statements and any potential indicators of fraud.
Independent Auditor’s Report continued

95
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities and incentives that may exist within the organisation for fraud and identified 
the greatest potential for fraud in the following areas: investment property valuation owing to the risk of management override of controls 
relating to the valuation process. In common with all audits under ISAs (UK), we are also required to perform specific procedures to respond 
to the risk of management override.
We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory framework that the Group operates in, focusing on provisions of those laws 
and regulations that had a direct effect on the determination of material amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The key laws and 
regulations we considered in this context included the UK Companies Act, Listing Rules, pension’s legislation and tax legislation.
In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and regulations that do not have a direct effect on the financial statements but compliance 
with which may be fundamental to the Group’s ability to operate or to avoid a material penalty. The key laws and regulations we considered in 
this context included the Landlord and Tenant Act and the Health and Safety Act.
Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we identified the valuation of the investment property portfolio as a key audit matter related to the 
potential risk of fraud. The key audit matters section of our report explains the matter in more detail and also describes the specific 
procedures we performed in response to that key audit matter. 
In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks identified included the following:
•	 reviewing the financial statement disclosures and testing to supporting documentation to assess compliance with provisions of relevant 
laws and regulations described as having a direct effect on the financial statements;
•	 enquiring of management, the Audit and Risk Committee and external legal counsel concerning actual and potential litigation and claims;
•	 performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material misstatement due 
to fraud;
•	 reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance, reviewing internal audit reports and reviewing correspondence with  
HMRC; and
•	 in addressing the risk of fraud through management override of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal entries and other 
adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in making accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias; and evaluating the 
business rationale of any significant transactions that are unusual or outside the normal course of business.
We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members including internal 
specialists, and remained alert to any indications of fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations throughout the audit.
Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
12	Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly prepared in accordance with the Companies 
Act 2006.
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:
•	 the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for which the financial statements are 
prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and
•	 the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and the parent company and their environment obtained in the course of 
the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the strategic report or the directors’ report.
13	Corporate Governance Statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statement in relation to going concern, longer-term viability and that part of the Corporate 
Governance Statement relating to the Group’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code specified for our review.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate Governance 
Statement is materially consistent with the financial statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit: 
•	 the directors’ statement with regards to the appropriateness of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material 
uncertainties identified set out on page 51;
•	 the directors’ explanation as to its assessment of the Group’s prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is 
appropriate set out on page 45;
•	 the directors’ statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on pages 50 - 51;
•	 the board’s confirmation that it has carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal risks set out on page 45;
•	 the section of the annual report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems set out on 
page 66; and
•	 the section describing the work of the Audit and Risk committee set out on pages 65 - 67.

McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
96
14	Matters on which we are required to report by exception
14.1	 Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•	 we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•	 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 
branches not visited by us; or
•	 the parent company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.
We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.
14.2	 Directors’ remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if in our opinion certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration have not been 
made or the part of the directors’ remuneration report to be audited is not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.
We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.
15	Other matters which we are required to address
15.1	 Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the Audit and Risk committee, we were appointed by the Board on 4 July 2019 to audit the financial 
statements for the year ending 31 March 2020 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement including 
previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is 2 years, covering the years ended 31 March 2020 to 31 March 2021.
15.2	 Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the audit and risk committee
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to the audit and risk committee we are required to provide in accordance with ISAs (UK).
16	Use of our report
This report is made solely to the company’s members, as a body, in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our 
audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in an 
auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other 
than the company and the company’s members as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.
Stephen Craig
FCA (Senior statutory auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor
London, United Kingdom
17 May 2021
Independent Auditor’s Report continued

97
Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
Financial Statements
98 	 Financial Statements
129 	 Glossary
131	 Company and Shareholder  
Information

98
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
Notes
2021
£’000
2020 
£’000
Gross rents and service charges receivable
2
28,589
29,296
Other property income
157
69
Direct property outgoings
(7,112)
(7,384)
Net rental income from investment properties
2
21,634
21,981
Administration costs
(5,175)
(5,385)
IFRS 2 charge
(489)
222
Total administration costs
3
(5,664)
(5,163)
Operating profit before gains on investment properties
15,970
16,818
(Loss)/profit on disposal of investment properties
(2,854)
1,668
Revaluation of investment properties
10
(23,356)
(2,199)
Operating (loss)/profit
(10,240)
16,287
Finance costs
5
(6,351)
(6,805)
Finance income
5
8
5
(Loss)/profit before taxation
(16,583)
9,487
Taxation
6
133
(1,392)
(Loss)/profit for the year
(16,450)
8,095
Other comprehensive income:
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss
Remeasurement on defined benefit pension scheme
(278)
(185)
Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the year
(16,728)
7,910
(Loss)/earnings per share
8
Basic
(17.45)p
8.59p
Diluted
(17.45)p
8.57p
Adjusted earnings per share figures are shown in note 8
Dividends
9
31 March 2020 final dividend of 4.4 pence (31 March 2019: 7.4 pence) paid during the year
4,148
6,965
30 September 2020 interim dividend of 2.8 pence (30 September 2019: 2.8 pence) paid during 
the year
2,642
2,639
Proposed final dividend of 5.5 pence (31 March 2020: 4.4 pence)
5,116
4,148
The total comprehensive income for the year is all attributable to the equity holders of the Parent Company.
The accompanying notes on pages 105 to 125 form an integral part of these financial statements.
Consolidated Profit and Loss and Other 
Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 31 March 2021

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
99
Notes
2021 
£’000
2020  
£’000
Non-current assets
Investment properties 	 – Valuation as reported by the valuers
437,900
510,000
	 	
– Adjustment for tenant incentives recognised under IFRS 16
(7,403)
(10,637)
	 	
– Assets held for sale
(13,500)
(79,365)
	 	
– Adjustment for grossing up of headleases
3,683
4,403
10
420,680
424,401
Plant and equipment
11
125
148
Other receivables
13
7,403
6,982
Total non-current assets
428,208
431,531
Current assets
Trade and other receivables
13
3,063
3,200
Assets held for sale
10
13,500
83,020
Cash
2,249
2,245
Total current assets
18,812
88,465
Total assets
447,020
519,996
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
14
(9,233)
(12,433)
Lease liabilities
15
(229)
(180)
Current tax liability
(654)
–
Liabilities directly associated with assets classified as held for sale
15
–
(1,520)
Total current liabilities
(10,116)
(14,133)
Non-current liabilities
Loans and other borrowings
14
(141,369)
(190,505)
Pension fund deficit
23
(2,180)
(2,097)
Deferred tax liability
6
–
(1,392)
Lease liabilities
15
(3,453)
(2,703)
Total non-current liabilities
(147,002)
(196,697)
Total liabilities
(157,118)
(210,830)
Net assets
289,902
309,166
Equity
Called up share capital
18
18,760
18,853
Capital redemption reserve
108
–
Share premium account
75,541
75,541
Retained earnings
80,598
81,531
Revaluation reserve
114,895
133,241
Total equity
289,902
309,166
IFRS net asset value per share
21
309p
328p
EPRA NTA/NRV value per share
21
309p
329p
The accompanying notes on pages 105 to 125 form an integral part of these financial statements..
These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 17 May 2021 and were signed on its behalf by R Grainger 
and S Perkins.
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
As at 31 March 2021

100
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
Company Statement of Financial Position
As at 31 March 2021
Registration number 421479
Notes
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Non-current assets
Investment properties	 – Valuation as reported by the valuers
433,400
437,500
	 	
– Adjustment for tenant incentives recognised under IFRS 16
(7,403)
(6,982)
	 	
– Assets held for sale
(13,500)
(13,500)
	 	
– Adjustment for grossing up of head leases
3,682
2,883
10
416,179
419,901
Plant and equipment
11
77
84
Investments in subsidiary
–
–
Other receivables
13
7,404
6,982
Total non-current assets
423,660
426,967
Current assets
Trade and other receivables
13
3,062
46,933
Assets held for sale
10
13,500
13,500
Cash
2,249
2,245
Total current assets
18,811
62,678
Total assets
442,471
489,645
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
14
(34,750)
(12,423)
Lease liabilities
(229)
(180)
Total current liabilities
(34,979)
(12,603)
Non-current liabilities
Loans and other borrowings
14
(141,369)
(190,505)
Pension fund deficit
23
(2,180)
(2,097)
Lease liabilities
(3,453)
(2,703)
Total non-current liabilities
(147,002)
(195,305)
Total liabilities
(181,981)
(207,908)
Net assets
260,490
281,737
Equity
Called up share capital
18
18,760
18,853
Capital redemption reserve
108
–
Share premium account
75,541
75,541
Retained earnings
65,914
65,181
Revaluation reserve
100,167
122,162
Total equity
260,490
281,737
The accompanying notes on pages 105 to 125 form an integral part of these financial statements.
The loss for the financial year ended 31 March 2021 was £13,422,039 (2020 profit of: £8,340,645).
These financial statements were approved by the Board of Directors on 17 May 2021 and were signed on its behalf by R Grainger 
and S Perkins.

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
101
Consolidated Cashflow Statement
For the year ended 31 March 2021
2021 
£’000
2020 
£’000
Operating activities
(Loss)/profit before tax
(16,583)
9,487
Adjustments for:
Depreciation
47
50
Amortisation of leasehold properties
1
1
Deferred bonus write-off
94
68
Fair value of share options
396
(290)
Letting fees amortisation
652
668
Defined benefit pension scheme adjustments
45
44
Taxation
133
(1,392)
Loss/(profit) on sale of investment properties
2,854
(1,668)
Movement in revaluation of investment properties
23,356
2,199
Net finance costs
6,342
6,800
Cashflow from operations before changes in working capital
17,337
15,967
Increase in debtors
(1,680)
(203)
Decrease in creditors
(2,394)
(2,903)
Cash generated from operations
13,263
12,861
Interest paid
(5,237)
(6,061)
Interest received
8
5
Corporation tax paid
(605)
–
Cashflows from operating activities
7,429
6,805
Investing activities
Proceeds from sale of investment properties
70,777
8,056
Purchase and development of investment properties
(19,925)
(33,395)
Purchase of other fixed assets
(24)
(126)
Cashflows from investing activities
50,828
(25,465)
Financing activities
Gross debt drawdowns
20,000
34,000
Gross debt repayments
(70,000)
(5,000)
Bank facility fees paid
(34)
(2,569)
Equity dividends paid
(6,790)
(9,604)
Share buybacks
(1,147)
–
Headlease interest and capital paid
(282)
(285)
Cashflows from financing activities
(58,253)
16,542
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
4
(2,118)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
2,245
4,363
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
2,249
2,245
The accompanying notes on pages 105 to 125 form an integral part of these financial statements.

102
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
2021
£’000
2020 
£’000
Operating activities
(Loss)/profit before tax
(13,422)
8,341
Adjustments for:
Depreciation
31
34
Amortisation of leasehold properties
1
1
Deferred bonus write-off
94
68
Fair value of share options
396
(290)
Letting fees amortisation
649
617
Defined benefit pension scheme adjustments
45
44
Profit on sale of investment properties
–
(1,668)
Movement in revaluation of investment properties
21,995
2,205
Net finance costs
6,205
5,374
Cashflow from operations before changes in working capital
15,994
14,726
Decrease/(increase) in debtors
43,403
(3,893)
Increase/(decrease) in creditors
24,677
(27)
Cash generated from operations
84,074
10,806
Interest paid
(5,125)
(6,061)
Interest received
92
1,327
Cashflows from operating activities
79,041
6,072
Investing activities
Proceeds from sale of investment properties
–
8,056
Purchase and development of investment properties
(20,813)
(32,847)
Purchase of other fixed assets
(24)
(46)
Cashflows from investing activities
(20,837)
(24,837)
Financing activities
Gross debt drawdowns
20,000
34,000
Gross debt repayments
(70,000)
(5,000)
Bank facility fees paid
(34)
(2,569)
Headlease interest and capital paid
(229)
(180)
Repurchase of shares
(1,147)
–
Equity dividends paid
(6,790)
(9,604)
Cashflows from financing activities
(58,200)
16,647
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
4
(2,118)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year
2,245
4,363
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year
2,249
2,245
The accompanying notes on pages 105 to 125 form an integral part of these financial statements.
Company Cashflow Statement
For the year ended 31 March 2021

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
103
Attributable to equity holders of the Parent Company
Share 
capital 
£’000
Capital 
redemption 
revenue 
£’000
Restated 
share 
premium 
£’000
Revaluation 
reserve
£’000
Restated 
retained 
earnings 
£’000
Total 
equity 
£’000
At 31 March 2019
18,825
–
75,541
132,625
84,092
311,083
Profit for the year
–
–
–
–
8,095
8,095
Other comprehensive income:
Transfer deficit on revaluation of properties
–
–
–
(2,200)
2,200
–
Transfer on disposal of investment properties
–
–
–
2,816
(2,816)
–
Remeasurement on defined benefit pension scheme
–
–
–
–
(185)
(185)
Total comprehensive income for the year
–
–
–
616
7,294
7,910
Issue of new shares net of costs
28
–
–
–
(28)
–
Dividends paid in year
–
–
–
–
(9,605)
(9,605)
Deferred bonus
–
–
–
–
68
68
Costs of share-based payments
–
–
–
–
(290)
(290)
At 31 March 2020
18,853
–
75,541
133,241
81,531
309,166
Loss for the year
–
–
–
–
(16,450)
(16,450)
Other comprehensive (expense)/income:
Transfer deficit on revaluation of properties
–
–
–
(23,356)
23,356
–
Transfer on disposal of investment property
–
–
–
5,010
–
5,010
Remeasurement on defined benefit pension scheme
–
–
–
–
(278)
(278)
Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the year
–
–
–
(18,346)
6,628
(11,718)
Issue of new shares net of costs
15
–
–
–
(15)
–
Repurchase of shares
(108)
108
–
–
(1,247)
(1,247)
Dividends paid in year
–
–
–
–
(6,789)
(6,789)
Deferred bonus
–
–
–
–
94
94
Costs of share-based payments
–
–
–
–
396
396
At 31 March 2021
18,760
108
75,541
114,895
80,598
289,902
The accompanying notes on pages 105 to 125 form an integral part of these financial statements.
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 March 2021

104
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
Share 
capital 
£’000
Capital 
redemption 
revenue 
£’000
Restated 
share 
premium 
£’000
Revaluation 
reserve 
£’000
Restated 
retained 
earnings 
£’000
Total 
equity 
£’000
At 31 March 2019
18,825
–
75,541
121,551
67,491
283,408
Profit for the year
–
–
–
–
8,341
8,341
Other comprehensive income:
Transfer deficit on revaluation of properties
–
–
–
(2,205)
2,205
–
Transfer on disposal of investment properties
–
–
–
2,816
(2,816)
–
Remeasurement on defined benefit pension scheme
–
–
–
–
(185)
(185)
Total comprehensive income for the year
–
–
–
611
7,545
8,156
Issue of new shares net of costs
28
–
–
–
(28)
–
Dividends paid in year
–
–
–
–
(9,605)
(9,605)
Deferred bonus
–
–
–
–
68
68
Costs of share-based payments
–
–
–
–
(290)
(290)
At 31 March 2020
18,853
–
75,541
122,162
65,181
281,737
Loss for the year
–
–
–
–
(13,422)
(13,422)
Other comprehensive (expense)/income:
Transfer deficit on revaluation of properties
–
–
–
(21,995)
21,995
–
Transfer on disposal of investment properties
–
–
–
–
–
–
Remeasurement on defined benefit pension scheme
–
–
–
–
(278)
(278)
Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the year
–
–
–
(21,995)
8,295
(13,700)
Issue of new shares net of costs
15
–
–
–
(15)
–
Repurchase of shares
(108)
108
–
–
(1,247)
(1,247)
Dividends paid in year
–
–
–
–
(6,789)
(6,789)
Deferred bonus
–
–
–
–
93
93
Costs of share-based payments
–
–
–
–
396
396
At 31 March 2021
18,760
108
75,541
100,167
65,914
260,490
The accompanying notes on pages 105 to 125 form an integral part of these financial statements.
Company Statement of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 31 March 2021

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
105
1  Accounting policies
Basis of preparation
McKay Securities Plc (“the Company”) is a public company limited by shares incorporated in the United Kingdom under the Companies Act 
and is registered in England and Wales. The address of the Company’s registered office is 20 Greyfriars Road, Reading, Berkshire RG1 1NL.
The principal activities of the Company and its subsidiaries (“the Group”) and the nature of the Group’s operations are set out in the 
Strategic Report on pages 16 to 17.
These financial statements are presented in GBP sterling, which is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the Group 
operates and are rounded to the nearest thousand.
The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with the requirements 
of the Companies Act 2006 and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS Standards) adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 
1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.
The financial statements are prepared on a going concern basis as explained in the Principal Risks and Uncertainties and going concern 
statement on page 51.
In accordance with Section 408 Companies Act 2006 a separate Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income for the Company 
is not presented. The loss for the year after tax of the Company is £13,422,039 (2020: profit of £8,340,645).
The consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiary (“the Group”) have been prepared on a historical cost basis, 
except for investment property which is measured at fair value through the Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income.
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market 
participants at the measurement date, regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another valuation 
technique. In estimating the fair value of an asset or a liability, the Group takes into account the characteristics of the asset or liability if 
market participants would take those characteristics into account when pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Fair value 
for measurement and/or disclosure purposes in these consolidated financial statements is determined on such a basis, except for 
share-based payment transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 2 and leasing transactions that are within the scope of IFRS 16.
New and revised IFRS Standards in issue but not yet effective
At the date of authorisation of these financial statements, the Group has not applied the following new and revised IFRS Standards that 
have been issued but are not yet effective:
IFRS 17	
Insurance Contracts
IFRS 10 and IAS 28 (amendments)	
Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor and its Associate or Joint Venture
Amendments to IAS 1	
Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-current
Amendments to IFRS 3	
Reference to the Conceptual Framework
Amendments to IAS 16	
Property, Plant and Equipment – Proceeds before Intended Use
Amendments to IAS 37	
Onerous Contracts – Cost of Fulfilling a Contract
Annual Improvements to IFRS	
Amendments to IFRS 1 First-time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards,
Standards 2018-2020 Cycle	
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, IFRS 16 Leases, and IAS 41 Agriculture
The Directors do not expect that the adoption of the Standards listed above will have a material impact on the financial statements 
of the Group in future periods.
IFRS 16 was adopted for the first time for the year ended 31 March 2020. 
For the year ended 31 March 2021 the following subsidiaries of the Company were entitled to exemption from audit under s479A 
of the Companies Act 2006 relating to subsidiary companies:
Subsidiary Name 
Companies House Registration Number
Baldwin House Limited
00692181
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 31 March 2021

106
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
1  Accounting policies continued
Basis of consolidation
The subsidiary company is under the control of the Company. Control means being exposed or have rights to variable returns from its 
involvement and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the subsidiary. 
Control is achieved when the Company: has the power over the investee; is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its involvement 
with the investee; and has the ability to use its power to affects its returns.
All intra-Group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cashflows relating to transactions between the members of the Group 
are eliminated on consolidation.
Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty 
In the process of preparing the Group’s financial statements management is required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions 
when applying accounting policies that may affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities. Any judgements, 
estimates and associated assumptions used in the preparation of the financial statements are based on management’s best information 
at the time, however actual outcomes may differ from estimates used. Management does not consider there to be any critical accounting 
judgements in the preparation of the Group’s financial statements. Management considers that the valuation of investment property 
represents a key source of estimation uncertainty, for which qualified external advisers are used. As a result of Covid-19, the level of 
estimation increased, as reflected by the inclusion of a material uncertainty clause within the valuation report, as at 31 March 2020. 
However no material uncertainty clause has been included for the year ended 31 March 2021. See further detail below and in note 10.
Investment properties
The Group’s properties are held as investments to earn rental income and for capital appreciation and are stated at fair value at the balance 
sheet date. The value, reflecting market conditions, is determined at each reporting date by independent external valuers and any gain or 
loss arising from a change in value is recognised in the Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income and transferred to the revaluation 
reserve in the Group Statement of Financial Position. Tenant incentives are recognised as a separate asset in accordance with the Group’s 
accounting policy on lease incentives and are deducted from the external valuation.
Properties purchased are recognised on legal completion in the accounting period and measured initially at cost including transaction 
costs. Sales of properties are recognised on legal completion. Gains and losses arising on the disposal of investment properties are 
recognised in the Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income, being the difference between net sale proceeds and the carrying 
value of the property.
Subsequent expenditure on investment properties is capitalised only when it increases the future economic benefits associated with 
the property. All other expenditure is charged to the Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income.
Interest and other outgoings less rental income relating to investment properties in the course of development are capitalised, and added 
to the cost of the property. Interest capitalised is calculated on development outgoings, including material refurbishments to investment 
property, using the weighted average cost of general Group borrowings for the year. A property ceases to be treated as being in the course 
of development when substantially all the activities that are necessary to prepare the property for use are completed.
The Group owns a number of properties under long leaseholds. These are leased out to tenants under operating leases and included in 
the balance sheet at fair value (disclosed as head leases). The obligation to the freeholder for the buildings element of the leasehold is 
included in the balance sheet at the present value of the minimum lease payments at inception. The minimum lease payments are 
apportioned between finance charges in the Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income and the reduction of the Group Statement 
of Financial Position liability. Contingent rents are charged as an expense in the Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income in the 
period incurred.
Assets held for sale
Properties held for sale are classified as non-current assets if their carrying amount will be recovered principally through sale rather 
than through continuing use, they are available for immediate sale and sale is highly probable within one year.
Investment properties held for sale are carried at fair value in the Statement of Financial Position. Intangible assets and property, plant 
and equipment once classified as held for sale or distribution are not amortised or depreciated.
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 March 2021

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
107
1  Accounting policies continued
Plant and equipment
Plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided on a straight line basis at rates calculated 
to write off the cost less estimated residual value over their useful lives, which are estimated to be between three and five years.
Cash
Cash comprises cash at bank and short-term deposits held on call. 
Financial assets
Financial assets do not carry any interest and are stated initially at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost as reduced by appropriate 
credit loss allowances. The Group always recognises lifetime expected credit losses (“ECL”) on these financial assets are estimated using 
a provision matrix based on the Group’s historical credit loss experience, adjusted for factors that are specific to the debtors, general 
economic conditions and an assessment of both the current as well as the forecast direction of conditions at the reporting date, including 
time value of money where appropriate. The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual right to the cashflows of the asset 
expire or on transfer of the asset and the associated risks and rewards to another party.
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are not interest bearing and are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently at amortised cost. The Group 
derecognises trade and other payables liabilities when they are extinguished, which occurs when the obligation associated with the liability 
is discharged, cancelled or expires.
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
All loans and borrowings are initially recognised at fair value less directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, 
loans and borrowings are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.
Reserves
The revaluation reserve represents the unrealised surpluses and deficits arising on fair value measurement of the Group’s properties and 
is not available for distribution until realised through sale. This forms part of retained earnings.
Segmental analysis
All of the Group’s revenue is derived from the ownership of investment properties located in the South East and London. The management 
team works within a single structure which includes the Executive Directors acting as chief operating decision maker. Responsibilities are 
not defined by type or location, each property being managed individually and reported on for the Group as a whole directly to the Board 
of Directors. Properties under development generate no revenue and are treated as investment properties in the portfolio. The Directors 
therefore consider there to be only one reporting segment.
Revenue
The Group has entered into commercial property leases on its investment property portfolio. The Directors consider, based on the terms 
and conditions, the significant risks and rewards of ownership of the properties are retained and therefore account for the leases as 
operating leases. Rental income receivable under operating leases less initial direct costs on arranging the leases is recognised on a 
straight line basis over the non-cancellable term of the lease.
The aggregate value of incentives for lessees to enter into lease agreements, usually in the form of rent free periods or capital contributions, 
is recognised over the lease term or to tenant option to break as an adjustment to rental income.
The revenue recognition policy for the following revenue streams are in line with IFRS 15, as revenue is recognised when it transfers control 
over a product or service to a customer.
Premiums received from tenants to terminate leases are recognised as income from investment properties when they arise.
Service charges and other such receipts arising from expenses recharged to tenants, with the Group acting as principal, are recognised 
in the period that the expense can be contractually recovered and included gross in income from investment properties.
Interest received on short-term deposits is recognised in finance income as it accrues.
Operating profit 
Operating profit is identified in the income statement and represents the profit on activities before finance costs and taxation. 
Borrowing costs
Interest on borrowings, including interest on finance leases, is recognised in the Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income in 
the period during which it is incurred, except for interest capitalised in accordance with the Group’s policy on properties under development 
(see investment properties above). Costs incurred on putting in place borrowing facilities are recognised in finance costs over the term of 
the facility. 

108
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
1  Accounting policies continued
Share-based payments
The Group operates an equity-settled share-based performance plan outlined in the Directors’ Remuneration Report under which 
Directors and employees are able to acquire shares in the Company. Equity-settled share-based payments to employees’ services 
are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments at the grant date. The fair value excludes the effect of non-market-based vesting 
conditions. Details regarding the determination of the fair value of equity-settled share-based transactions are set out in note 17.
The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight line basis over the vesting 
period, based on the Group’s estimate of the number of equity instruments that will eventually vest. At each reporting date, the Group 
revises its estimate of the number of equity instruments expected to vest as a result of the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions. 
The impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, is recognised in profit or loss such that the cumulative expense reflects the revised 
estimate, with a corresponding adjustment to reserves.
Post employment benefits
The Group operates two pension schemes. The defined benefit scheme is based on final pensionable pay and has been closed to new 
entrants since 1989. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Group and are measured at fair value, the scheme 
obligations being calculated at discounted present value, with any net surplus or deficit recognised in the Group Statement of Financial 
Position. Current service cost and net interest on scheme liabilities and scheme assets are recognised as an expense in the Profit and Loss 
and Other Comprehensive Income. Actuarial gains and losses on scheme assets and liabilities are recognised in equity through the Profit 
and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income. The assumptions used by a qualified actuary are outlined in note 23.
The Group contributes to eligible employees’ defined contribution personal pension plans and does not accept any responsibility for the 
benefits gained from these plans. The contributions are recognised as an expense in the Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 
as incurred but the Group does not recognise any gains or losses arising from movements in the value of the personal pension plans.
Taxation
Any tax charge recognised in the Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income comprises current and deferred tax except to the 
extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case the related tax is recognised in equity.
Current tax is the expected tax liability on the results for the year adjusted for items that are not taxable or deductible, or taxable and 
deductible in other periods, together with any adjustment in respect of previous years calculated using tax rates and laws enacted or 
substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
Deferred tax is the tax expected to be paid or recovered on temporary differences arising between the carrying amounts of assets and 
liabilities for financial reporting purposes and their tax base. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected manner of 
realisation or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the balance 
sheet date. Tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences and tax assets to the extent that future taxable profits will 
be available against which the asset can be utilised.
The Group converted to REIT status on 1 April 2007 and as a consequence substantially all the Group’s activities as a property rental 
business are exempt from tax, including rental profits and gains on rental property disposals that are compliant with the REIT rules.
2 Net rental income from investment properties
2021 
£’000
2020 
£’000
Gross rents receivable 
22,854
22,873
IFRS 16 adjustment (spreading of rental incentives) 
1,771
2,291
Gross rental income 
24,625
25,164
Service charges receivable 
3,964
4,132
Gross rents and service charges recievable
28,589
29,296
Other property income 
157
69
Direct property outgoings 
(7,112)
(7,384)
Net rental income from investment properties
21,634
21,981
Rent receivable under the terms of the leases is adjusted, in accordance with IFRS 16, for the effect of any incentives given.
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 March 2021

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
109
3  Administration costs 
2021
£’000
2020 
£’000
Group 
Directors’	 – remuneration 
1,204
1,203
	 	
– bonus
449
523
Staff 	
– costs 
1,061
1,167
	 	
– bonus 
252
239
Management fee service charge
(361)
(293)
National Insurance 
227
507
Pension costs	 – defined benefit scheme 
45
44
	 	
– defined contributions 
308
275
Other staff costs
51
37
Share-based payment accounting charge (IFRS 2)
489
(222)
Staff related costs
3,725
3,480
Depreciation (note 12)
47
50
Office costs 
676
575
Legal and professional fees 
1,123
1,007
General expenses 
93
51
Total administrations costs
5,664
5,163
The average number of persons employed by the Group and Company during the year was 18 (2020: 19).
Details of Directors’ remuneration can be found on page 78 in the Directors’ Annual Remuneration Report. 
In advance of each audit, the Committee obtains confirmation from the external auditor that it remains independent and that the level and 
nature of non-audit fees are not an independence threat. The table below details the total fees paid to the auditor. The Committee considers 
the current auditor Deloitte to be independent of the Group and Company.
2021 
£’000
2020 
£’000
Fees paid to auditor 
Statutory audit services 
McKay Securities Plc audit 
137
130
Subsidiary audit 
10
10
Assurance services 
Interim review 
31
30
Service charge review
16
15
194
185

110
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
4  Alternative performance measures 
APM
IFRS
Note reference
Adjusted profit before tax
The Group adjusts to present recurring profits by removing items not under 
management control.
Profit before tax IFRS
Note 4
Total property return (“TPR”)
Note 4
Management’s indicator of return on portfolio during the period.
Debt to portfolio value (“LTV”)
Note 4
Management guide to gearing levels. 
EPRA net tangible asset value per share (“NTA”)
Net asset value per share
Note 21
Assumes that entities buy and sell assets, crystalising unavoidable deferred tax.
EPRA net reinstatement asset value per share (“NRV”)
Net asset value per share
Note 21
Assumes that entities never sell assets, therefore the value required to rebuild the entity.
EPRA net disposal asset value per share (“NDV”)
Net asset value per share
Note 21
Represents a disposal scenario where deferred tax and other adjustments 
are calculated. 
EPRA net asset value per share
A future looking matrix by adding in share options that may vest.
Net asset value per share
Note 21
EPRA (“NNNAV”)
EPRA NNNAV in the EPRA NAV adjusted to reflect the fair value of debt and 
derivatives and to include deferred taxation. 
Net asset value per share
Note 21
Adjusted earnings per share
Adjusted earnings as above by using recurring profits.
Basic earnings per share
Note 8
EPRA earnings per share
Adjusted earnings per share except for surrender premiums (included in other 
property income) and share based payments are added back.
Basic earnings per share
Note 8
Portfolio valuation
Valuation of total property portfolio at period end as per Knight Frank valuation.
The Group uses a number of Alternative Performance Measures (“APMs”) which are not defined or specified within IFRS. The Directors use 
these measures in order to assess the underlying operational performance of the Group and allow greater comparability between periods but 
do not consider them to be a substitute for, or superior to, IFRS measures. The Directors consider adjusted profit before tax to be an additional 
informative measure of the ongoing profits from core rental activities before taxation, adjusted as set out. See further detail in the glossary.
These alternative performance measures are commonly used within the property sector.
2021 
£’000
2020 
£’000
(Loss)/profit before tax 
(16,583)
9,487
Movement in revaluation of investment properties (see note 11)
23,356
2,199
Other property income (see note 2)
(157)
(69)
Loss/(profit) on disposal of investment properties
2,854
(1,668)
IFRS 2 adjustment to share-based payments 
489
(222)
Adjusted profit before tax 
9,959
9,727
Total property return (TPR)
2021
£’000
2020 
£’000
Valuation (deficit)/surplus
(21,579)
111
Profit realised on disposal (excluding IFRS 16 write off)
2,155
1,668
Income from investment properties
21,633
21,981
2,209
23,760
Book value
459,480
509,889
Total property return
0.5%
4.7%
As there are no remaining developments as at 31 March 2021, we have updated the table above to show TPR including developments to 
provide a more appropriate comparison.
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 March 2021

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
111
4  Alternative performance measures continued
Debt to portfolio value (“LTV”)
2021 
£’000
2020 
£’000
Drawn debt
144,000
194,000
Cash balances
(2,249)
(2,245)
Net debt – bank debt net of cash balances
141,751
191,755
Valuation as reported by external valuers
437,900
510,000
LTV
32.4%
37.6%
5  Net finance costs 
2021 
£’000
2020 
£’000
Interest on bank overdraft and loans 
4,606
5,602
Commitment fee
564
462
Lease interest on leasehold property obligations
282
397
Finance arrangement costs
899
895
Capitalised interest (note 7)
–
(551)
6,351
6,805
Interest receivable
(8)
(5)
Net finance costs
6,343
6,800
The capitalisation of interest has no effect on taxation.
6  Taxation 
2021 
£’000
2020 
£’000
Total tax in the Consolidated Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income
133
(1,392)
Reconciliation to effective rate of tax: 
(Loss)/profit on ordinary activities before tax
(16,583)
9,487
Tax charge on profit at 19% (2020: 19%) 
(3,151)
1,803
Effects of: 
REIT tax exemption 
3,151
(1,803)
Tax provision movement
133
(1,392)
Tax for period (as above)
133
(1,392)
The taxation charge in the Consolidated Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income relates to a movement in the taxation provision 
of £133,000 on the sale of 30 Lombard Street, EC3. As a REIT, the Group is tax exempt in respect of qualifying capital gains and qualifying 
rental income, which covers the majority of the Company’s activities. The tax provision relating to the sale of 30 Lombard St arises as the 
completion of the sale was within three years of practical completion and therefore triggers a chargeable capital gain under REIT regulations.
7  Capitalised interest 
Interest relating to investment properties in the course of development is dealt with as explained in note 1.
Interest capitalised during the year amounted to nil (2020: £550,933 related to works to 135 Theale Logistics Park).
Total development interest capitalised amounts to £14,737,480 (2020: £14,737,480). 
Interest is capitalised using the Group’s weighted average cost of borrowings and the effective rate applied in the year was 3.10% (2020: 3.35%).

112
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
8  Earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share
2021
pence
2020 
pence
Basic (loss)/earnings per share
(17.45)
8.59
Movement in revaluation of investment properties 
24.77
2.33
Other property income 
(0.17)
(0.07)
Loss/(profit) on disposal of investment properties
3.03
(1.77)
Taxation
(0.14)
1.48
Share-based payments 
0.52
(0.24)
Adjusted earnings per share 
10.56
10.32
Share-based payments
(0.52)
0.24
Other property income
0.17
0.07
EPRA earnings per share
10.21
10.63
Basic (loss)/earnings per share on ordinary shares is calculated on the loss in the year of (£16,450,000) (2020: profit of £8,095,000) and 
94,292,376 (2020: 94,234,253) shares, being the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.
EPRA earnings per share is calculated on the same profit after tax and on the weighted average number of shares in issue during the year 
of 94,292,376 (2020: 94,234,253) shares.
2021 
Number of 
shares
2020 
Number of  
shares
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 
94,292,376
94,234,253
Number of shares under option 
–
463,819
Number of shares that would have been issued at fair value 
–
(244,272)
Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 
94,292,376
94,453,800
The following potential ordinary shares are anti-dilutive and are therefore excluded from the weighted average number of ordinary shares 
for the purpose of diluted earnings per share.
2021 
Number of 
shares
2020 
Number of  
shares
Number of shares under option
144,921
–
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 March 2021

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
113
8  Earnings per share continued
Diluted earnings per share
2021  
pence
2020 
pence
Basic (loss)/earnings per share
(17.45)
8.59
Effect of dilutive potential ordinary shares under option
0.00
(0.02)
(17.45)
8.57
Movement in revaluation of investment properties
24.77
2.33
Other property income
(0.17)
(0.07)
Loss/(profit) on disposal of investment properties
3.03
(1.77)
Share-based payments
0.52
(0.24)
Taxation
(0.14)
1.47
Adjusted diluted earnings per share
10.56
10.29
Adjusted earnings per share excludes the after tax effect of profit from the disposal of investment properties, share-based payments, 
deferred taxation, other property income, and the movement in revaluation of investment property.
The taxation charge in the Consolidated Profit and Loss and Other Comprehensive Income relates to a taxation provision movement of 
£133,000 on the sale of 30 Lombard Street, EC3.
9  Dividends 
The final dividend is not included in the accounts as a liability as at 31 March 2021, as it is subject to shareholder approval at the Annual 
General Meeting. The final dividend for 2020 and interim for 2020 paid in the year are included in the Consolidated Statement of Changes in 
Equity on page 103.
2021 
£’000
2020
£’000
Ordinary dividends 
31 March 2020 final dividend of 4.4 pence (31 March 2019: 7.4 pence) paid during the year
4,148
6,965
30 September 2020 interim dividend of 2.8 pence (30 September 2019: 2.8 pence) paid during  
the year
2,642
2,639
Total recognised in financial statements
6,790
9,604
Proposed final dividend of 5.5 pence (31 March 2020: 4.4pence)
5,116
4,148

114
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
10  Investment properties 
Group
Company
Freehold 
£’000
Long 
leasehold 
£’000
Total 
£’000
Freehold 
£’000
Long 
leasehold 
£’000
Total 
£’000 
Valuation 
At 1 April 2020 
401,998
101,768
503,766
401,998
31,402
433,400
Additions – capital expenditure 
6,337
484
6,821
6,337
478
6,815
Additions – purchases
10,658
–
10,658
10,658
–
10,658
Revaluation deficit 
(18,445)
(3,134)
(21,579)
(18,445)
(3,128)
(21,573)
Adjustment for tenant incentives recognised in advance under 
IFRS 16 
(449)
(1,327)
(1,776)
(449)
28
(421)
Disposals
–
(69,520)
(69,520)
–
–
–
IFRS write off on disposal
–
5,009
5,009
–
–
–
Headlease adjustment
–
801
801
–
801
801
Amortisation of grossed up headlease liabilities 
–
(1)
(1)
–
(1)
(1)
Book value as at 31 March 2021
400,099
34,080
434,179
400,099
29,580
429,679
Adjustment for grossing up of headlease liabilities 
–
(3,682)
(3,682)
–
(3,682)
(3,682)
Adjustment for tenant incentives recognised in advance under 
IFRS 16
7,301
102
7,403
7,301
102
7,403
Valuation as at 31 March 2021
407,400
30,500
437,900
407,400
26,000
433,400
Group
Company
Freehold 
£’000
Long 
leasehold 
£’000
Total 
£’000
Freehold 
£’000
Long 
leasehold 
£’000
Total 
£’000 
Valuation 
At 1 April 2019 
378,125
100,653
478,778
378,125
30,790
408,915
Additions – development 
16,396
555
16,951
16,396
57
16,453
Additions – purchases
16,438
–
16,438
16,438
–
16,438
Revaluation (deficit)/surplus
(3,235)
3,346
111
(3,235)
393
(2,842)
Adjustment for tenant incentives recognised in advance under 
IFRS 16 
474
(2,785)
(2,311)
474
163
637
Disposals
(6,200)
–
(6,200)
(6,200)
–
(6,200)
Amortisation of grossed up headlease liabilities 
–
(1)
(1)
–
(1)
(1)
Book value as at 31 March 2020 
401,998
101,768
503,766
401,988
31,402
433,400
Adjustment for grossing up of headlease liabilities 
–
(4,403)
(4,403)
–
(2,882)
(2,882)
Adjustment for tenant incentives recognised in advance under 
IFRS 16
6,852
3,785
10,637
6,852
130
6,982
Valuation as at 31 March 2020
408,850
101,150
510,000
408,850
28,650
437,500
In accordance with the Group’s accounting policy on properties there was an external valuation at 31 March 2021. These valuations were 
carried out by Knight Frank LLP, Chartered Surveyors and Valuers. All valuations were carried out in accordance with the Appraisal and 
Valuation Standards of RICS, on an open market basis.
The historical cost of properties stated at valuation is approximately £322 million (2020: £377 million) for the Group and £321 million 
(2020: £315 million) for the Company.
The amount of interest capitalised during the year was nil (2020: £550,933). The Group is a REIT and therefore does not obtain relief from 
Corporation Tax.
Investment property valuation method and assumptions 
The fair value of the property portfolio has been determined using income capitalisation techniques, whereby contracted and market rental 
values are capitalised with a market value for properties under development, the fair value is calculated by estimating the fair value of the 
completed property using the income capitalisation technique less estimated costs to completion and a risk premium. The resulting 
valuations are cross-checked against the equivalent yields and the fair market values per square foot derived from comparable recent 
market transactions on arm’s length terms.
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 March 2021

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
115
10  Investment properties continued
These techniques are consistent with the principles in IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement and use significant unobservable inputs such that 
the fair value measurement of each property within the portfolio has been classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. There were no 
transfers in or out of Level 3 for investment properties during the year. 
Losses recorded in profit or loss for recurring fair value measurements categorised within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy amount to 
£23.4 million (2020: £2.2 million) and are presented in the Group income statement in the line item ‘Revaluation of investment properties’.
Due to Covid-19 there was a material uncertainty clause attached to the Knight Frank valuation for the year ended 31 March 2020. Whilst 
Covid-19 continues to impact financial markets and restrictions remain in place in many countries including the UK the stabilising conditions 
have meant that no material uncertainty clause is included in the year ended 31 March 2021.
The asset held for sale is The Planets, Woking totalling £13.5 million, all of which has been reclassified from investment property. This 
property remains held for sale at 31 March 2021, with the original exchange of sale contracts in March 2019. This sale remains conditional 
on the receipt of planning consent being achieved by the purchaser. Whilst the submitted planning consent was not approved on initial 
submission, management is confident that a successful appeal will be undertaken with an adjusted plan such that the disposal will be able to 
be completed within 12 months of the balance sheet date.
The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement categorised within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy of the Group’s 
property portfolio, together with the impact of significant movements in these inputs on the fair value measurement, are shown below:
 
London offices
South East offices
South East industrial
Valuation technique
Income 
capitalisation
Income 
capitalisation
Income  
capitalisation
Fair value 
£56,000,000
£235,600,000
£122,400,000
ERV (psf pa) – average
£53.69
£23.62
£11.08
ERV (psf pa) – range
£7.50–£100.00
£14.50–£48.00
£5.00–£17.00
True equivalent yield – average
4.95%
7.84%
5.20%
True equivalent yield – range
4.36%–6.06%
5.95%–10.58%
4.25%–6.23%
Capital value psf
£741.20
£321.87
£216.70
A further £23.90 million has been designated ‘other’ and not included in the analysis above. 
Definitions for ERV and true equivalent yield are provided in the glossary on page 129.
Change in ERV
Change in equivalent yield
+5%
-5%
+0.25%
-0.25%
Sensitivity analysis 
Change in value of investment properties 
+£19m
-£19m
-£20m
+£22m

116
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
11  Plant and equipment 
Group
 £’000
2021
Company
 £’000
Group 
£’000
2020
Company
 £’000
Cost
Opening
231
151
133
133
Additions 
24
24
132
52
Disposals 
(20)
(20)
(34)
(34)
Closing 
235
155
231
151
Depreciation
Opening
83
67
61
61
Charge for year 
47
31
50
34
Disposals 
(20)
(20)
(28)
(28)
Closing 
110
78
83
67
Net book value
125
77
148
84
12  Investments 
Shares in 
subsidiary 
undertakings 
£’000
Company 
At 1 April 2020
–
At 31 March 2021
–
At 31 March 2021 McKay Securities Plc owned 100% of the ordinary share capital of Baldwin House Limited, representing 100 shares 
with nominal value of £1. Baldwin House Limited operates in England and is registered in England and Wales with a registered address 
of 20 Greyfriars Road, Reading, Berkshire RG1 1NL.
The principal activity of the subsidiary undertaking is property investment and development.
The Directors are of the opinion that the investment in the subsidiary undertaking is not worth less than the current book value.
13  Trade and other receivables
Group 
£’000
2021 
Company 
£’000
Group 
£’000
2020 
Company 
£’000
Current 
Rent receivables
2,072
2,072
2,360
2,360
Amounts due from subsidiary undertakings
–
–
–
43,918
Prepayments 
336
336
822
637
Other debtors 
655
654
18
18
3,063
3,062
3,200
46,933
Non-current 
IFRS 16 lease incentives
7,403
7,404
6,982
6,982
Rent receivables of £434,000 were written off during the year and are not included in the table above.
Group trade receivables that were past due but not impaired are as follows: 
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Less than three months due 
2,072
2,360
Between three and six months due 
–
–
Between six and 12 months due
–
–
2,072
2,360
The Group holds no collateral in respect of these receivables. 
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 March 2021

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
117
14  Liabilities 
Group 
£’000
2021 
Company 
£’000
Group 
£’000
2020 
Company 
£’000
Trade and other payables 
Rent received in advance 
5,806
5,806
5,389
5,389
Amounts due to subsidiary undertaking
–
25,517
–
–
Other taxation and social security costs 
521
521
1,736
1,726
Accruals
2,612
2,612
4,551
4,551
Other creditors
294
294
757
757
9,233
34,750
12,433
12,423
The fair value of current liabilities is estimated as the present value of future cashflows which approximate their carrying amounts due to the 
short-term maturities.
Creditor days for the Group were one day (2020: ten days).
Loans and other borrowings 
The analysis of bank loans which are secured on certain of the freehold and leasehold properties of the Group is as follows: 
2021
£’000
2020 
£’000
Group and Company
Secured bank loans 
144,000
194,000
Bank facility fees 
(2,631)
(3,495)
141,369
190,505
The bank loans are secured against land and buildings with a carrying amount of £412,250,000 (2020: £476,750,000).
Group 
£’000
2021
Company 
£’000
Group 
£’000
2020
Company 
£’000
Repayable in:
Less than one year
–
–
–
–
One to two years
–
–
–
–
Two to five years
77,181
77,181
126,373
126,373
Five to ten years
64,188
64,188
–
–
Greater than ten years 
–
–
64,132
64,132
141,369
141,369
190,505
190,505
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
Current loans as at 1 April
Non-current loans as at 1 April
190,505
163,176
Total loans as at 1 April
190,505
163,176
Gross debt drawdowns
20,000
34,000
Gross debt repayments
(70,000)
(5,000)
Bank facility fees (cash)
(34)
(2,569)
Facility fee amortisation (non-cash)
898
898
Total loans as at 31 March
141,369
190,505

118
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 March 2021
14  Liabilities continued
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Present value of lease liabilities as at 1 April
4,403
4,404
Headlease cash payments
(282)
(285)
Impact of unwind of discount rate (non-cash)
282
284
Headlease adjustment
800
–
Headlease write off on disposal
(1,520)
–
Present value of lease liabilities as at 31 March
3,683
4,403
Borrowing facilities 
The Group has various undrawn committed borrowing facilities. The facilities available in respect of which all conditions precedent had 
been met were as follows: 
2021
£’000
2020 
£’000
Expiring in less than one year
–
–
Expiring in one to two years
–
–
Expiring in two to five years 
101,000
51,000
Expiring in five to ten years
–
–
101,000
51,000
Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk is managed through committed bank facilities that ensure sufficient funds are available to cover potential liabilities arising 
against projected cashflows. The Group’s facilities are revolving in part, allowing the Group to apply cash surpluses to temporarily 
reduce debt.
On 8 April 2019 the Company increased total facilities to £245 million. Three bilateral facilities (£125 million) were replaced with one 
revolving credit facility (“RCF”) of £180 million.
The following table details the Group’s remaining contractual maturities for its non-derivative financial liabilities. The tables have been 
drawn up based on the undiscounted cashflows of financial liabilities based upon the earliest dates on which the Group can be required to 
pay. The table includes both interest and principal cashflows. When the amount payable is not fixed, the amount disclosed has been 
determined by reference to the applicable interest rate as at the balance sheet date.
Financial instrument maturity 
Contractual cashflows
Total
2 months 
or less
2–12 
months
1–2 
years
2–5 
years
More than 
5 years 
At 31 March 2021
Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Bank overdraft
–
–
–
–
–
–
Secured bank loans 
144,000
–
–
–
79,000
65,000
Bank interest
28,304
–
4,114
4,114
9,349
10,727
Lease liabilities
22,252
–
230
230
690
21,102
Other taxation and social security costs
521
–
521
–
–
–
Accruals
2,612
–
2,612
–
–
–
Other creditors
294
–
294
–
–
–
197,983
–
7,771
4,344
89,039
96,829

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
119
14  Liabilities continued
Contractual cashflows
Total
2 months 
or less
2–12 
months
1–2 
years
2–5 
years
More than 
5 years 
At 31 March 2020
Non-derivative financial liabilities 
Bank overdraft
–
–
–
–
–
–
Secured bank loans 
194,000
–
–
–
129,000
65,000
Bank interest
38,798
–
5,709
5,709
14,040
13,340
Lease liabilities
25,798
–
285
285
857
24,371
Other taxation and social security costs
1,736
–
1,736
–
–
–
Accruals
4,551
–
4,551
–
–
–
Other creditors
757
–
757
–
–
–
265,640
–
13,038
5,994
143,897
102,711
Credit risk 
Credit evaluations are performed on all tenants looking to enter into lease or pre-lease agreements with the Group. Credit risk is managed 
by tenants paying rent in advance. Outstanding tenants’ receivables are regularly monitored.
At the Statement of Financial Position date there were no significant concentrations of credit risk, except for the low risk lease commitments 
which were either government departments or held a top credit rating. The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying 
amount of each financial asset including derivative financial instruments on the Group Statement of Financial Position.
The Group has no exposure to currency risks.
Market risk 
The Group is exposed to market risk through changes in interest rates or availability of credit. The Group actively monitors these exposures.
Interest rate risk 
The Group adopts a policy of ensuring that its exposure to interest rate fluctuations is mitigated by the use of financial instruments. 
A 25 basis points change in interest rate levels would increase or decrease the Group’s annual profit and equity £197,500 (2020: 
£322,500). This sensitivity has been calculated by applying the interest rate change to the variable rate borrowings at the year end. 
The comparative figure for 2020 was also based on a 25 basis points change in interest rates. The 25 basis points change being used 
shows how the profit or loss and equity would have been affected by changes in the relevant risk variable that were reasonably possible 
at the year end. 
Interest rate derivatives 
The Group does not hold any interest rate derivatives as at 31 March 2021. 
2021
2020
Weighted average cost of borrowing
3.10%
3.35%
There are no liabilities at maturity and no material unrecognised gains or losses.
In both 2021 and 2020 there was no difference between the book value and the fair value of all the other financial assets and liabilities of the 
Group and Company. 

120
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
15  Lease liabilities
Minimum lease payments
2021
£’000
2020 
£’000
Group lease liabilities are payable as follows: 
Year one
230
285
Year two
230
286
Year three
230
286
Year four
230
285
Year five
230
285
Greater than five years
21,102
24,371
22,252
25,798
Less future finance charges 
(18,569)
(21,395)
Present value of lease obligations
3,683
4,403
The above lease liabilities relate to investment properties with a carrying value of £26,000,000 (2020: £95,900,000). The terms of these 
lease agreements are for periods of between 97 and 125 years. There are no restrictions imposed by the lease agreements.  
No contingent rents are payable.
Lease liabilities are effectively secured as the rights to the leased assets revert to the lessor in event of default. 
The annual obligation for the first five years is £230,000 pa.
16  Operating leases 
The Group leases out all of its investment properties under operating leases.
The future aggregate minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
2021 
£’000
2020 
£’000
Not later than one year 
20,081
20,224
Later than one year but not later than five years
52,613
52,964
Later than five years
24,987
55,336
97,681
128,524
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 March 2021

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
121
17  Share-based payments 
During the year to 31 March 2021, the Group had one share-based payment arrangement, which is described below. In the case of the PSP 
awards, the expected volatility was determined by calculating historical volatility of the Group’s share price.
Performance Share Plan 
The performance targets for PSP awards are a combination of TSR and absolute NAV performance over a three-year period. If the 
performance criteria have not been met at the end of the vesting period then the awards will lapse. 
The nil cost awards outstanding at 31 March 2021 have been fair valued using a Monte Carlo valuation pricing model using the following 
main assumptions:
23 June 
2020
10 June 
2019
8 June 
2018
18 July 
2017
Share price 
£1.94
£2.40
£2.67
£2.26
Term
3 years
3 years
3 years
3 years
Risk free rate
(0.05)%
0.49%
0.80%
0.26%
Dividend yield
0%
0%
0%
0%
Volatility – Company 
37.0%
31.0%
31.0%
29.0%
TSR fair value 
£1.10
£1.34
£1.73
£1.42
NAV fair value
£1.94
£2.40
£2.70
£2.26
Share-based payments
2021  
Number of 
shares
2020  
Number
 of shares 
Outstanding at the beginning of the period
1,721,829
1,732,473 
Granted during the period
733,655
638,465 
Forfeited during the period
–
(18,880) 
Exercised during the period 
(75,477)
(139,573) 
Expired during the period
(273,287)
(490,656) 
Outstanding at the end of the period
2,106,720
1,721,829 
During the year 75,477 shares were issued to settle the 2017 PSP (First Grant) on 12 August 2020. These shares were issues out of 
distributable revenues under the Company’s Articles of Association.
The above table includes outstanding shares at the end of the year relating to deferred bonus shares of 144,921 (2020: 107,055), of which 
37,866 were granted during the year (2020: 50,845) and nil exercised in the period (2020: 57,480).
The weighted average life of the 2,106,720 shares outstanding is 7.82 years (2020: 8.29 years). The weighted average price on the date of 
exercise for options exercised during the year was £1.88 (2020: £2.40).
18  Called up share capital
Issued 
£
2021 
Number of 
shares
Issued
 £
2020 
Number of 
shares 
Ordinary 20 pence shares in issue 
At 1 April
18,852,794
94,263,998
18,824,879
94,124,425
Issue of shares in year1 
15,095
75,477
27,915
139,573
Repurchase of shares
(107,708)
(538,542)
–
–
At 31 March 
18,760,181
93,800,933
18,852,794
94,263,998
1.	
During the year 75,477 shares (2020: 139,573) were issued to settle the 2017 PSP (First Grant) on 12 August 2020.

122
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
19  Capital management 
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, to provide returns to shareholders 
and to maintain an appropriate capital structure to minimise the cost of capital. The current capital structure of the Group comprises a mix of 
equity and debt. Equity comprises issued share capital, reserves and retained earnings, as disclosed in the Group Balance Sheet.
The Group uses a number of key metrics1 to manage its capital structure, including:
•	
gearing 
•	
LTV1 
The Board monitors the ability of the Group to pay dividends out of available cash and distributable profits.
1.	
See glossary.
20  Related party transactions 
Balance owed to/(owing from) 
2021 
£’000
2020 
£’000
Subsidiary undertakings 
Baldwin House Limited 
25,516
(43,918)
25,516
(43,918)
There were no transactions with Directors, who are considered key management personnel, other than remuneration, details of which 
are provided in the Directors’ Annual Remuneration Report on pages 68 to 85.
See note 23 for details on the pension scheme.
These related party transactions are between Baldwin House Limited and the Company. They relate to property payments and receipts 
for the two properties held in Baldwin House Limited during the year. This balance is zero at Group level. 
The Parent Company funded capital expenditure on behalf of Baldwin House in the year amounting to £6,088 (2020: £544,795).
2021
£’000
2020 
£’000
Interest charge by McKay to Baldwin House 
91
1,321
Management fee charged by McKay
174
338
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 March 2021

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
123
21  Net asset value per share 
In October 2019, EPRA issued new best practice reporting guidelines for Net Asset Value (“NAV”) metrics. These recommendations are 
effective for accounting periods starting on 1 January 2020 and have been adopted by the Group in reporting the 31 March 2021 position.
EPRA have introduced three new NAV metrics: Net Tangible Assets (“NTA”), Net Reinvestment Value (“NRV”) and Net Disposal Value 
(“NDV”). EPRA NTA is considered to be the most appropriate measure for McKay’s operating activity and is now the primary measure of net 
asset value, replacing EPRA NAV.
31 March 2021
31 March 2020
Net assets 
£’000
Shares 
’000
NAV
per share 
pence
Net assets 
£’000
Shares
’000
NAV 
per share 
pence
Basic 
289,902
93,801
309
309,166
94,264
328
Number of shares under option
–
145
–
–
143
(1)
Diluted/EPRA NDV
289,902
93,946
309
309,166
94,407
327
Deferred taxation
–
–
–
1,392
–
2
EPRA NTA
289,902
93,946
309
310,558
94,407
329
The table below shows the calculation for each of the three new EPRA metrics compared to those previously reported.
Current measures
Previous measures
As at 31 March 2021
EPRA 
NTA 
£’000
EPRA
NRV
 £’000
EPRA
NDV
£’000
EPRA
NAV
£’000
EPRA
NNNAV
£’000
Equity attributable to ordinary shareholders
289,902
289,902
289,902
289,902
289,902
Deferred taxation
–
–
–
–
–
Net assets
289,902
289,902
289,902
289,902
289,902
Diluted shares (‘000)
93,946
93,946
93,946
93,946
93,946
Diluted net assets per share (pence)
309
309
309
309
309
	
Current measures
Previous measures
As at 31 March 2020
EPRA 
NTA 
£’000
EPRA
NRV
 £’000
EPRA
NDV
£’000
EPRA
NAV
£’000
EPRA
NNNAV
£’000
Equity attributable to ordinary shareholders
309,166
309,166
309,166
309,166
309,166
Deferred taxation
1,392
1,392
–
1,392
–
Net assets
310,558
310,588
309,166
310,558
309,166
Diluted shares (‘000)
94,407
94,407
94,407
94,407
94,407
Diluted net assets per share (pence)
329
329
327
329
327
22  Commitments and contingent liabilities
2021 
Group
£’000
Company 
£’000
2020 
Group 
£’000
Company 
£’000
Capital expenditure committed but not provided for 
–
–
672
672
The 2020 commitments related to the Group’s one development in place at the end of the year. 
23  Pensions 
The Group and Company operate a defined benefit pension scheme in the UK providing benefits based on final pensionable salary. 
The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Group, being invested with insurance companies and managed funds. 
The contributions are determined by a qualified actuary on the basis of a triennial valuation using the attained age method.The most recent 
actuarial valuation was as at 31 March 2020. The assumption which has the most significant effect on the results of the valuation are those 
relating to the rate of return on investments. It was assumed that the investment returns would be 5.0% per annum. 

124
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
23  Pensions continued
The Group contributes £240,000 per annum into the Scheme. This was reviewed as part of the 2020 triennial valuation.
At the 31 March 2020 actuarial valuation the scheme was 78.0% funded on the statutory funding objective basis. A recovery plan and 
schedule of contributions has been agreed designed to address this shortfall. 
The IAS 19 valuation for the pension scheme disclosures is based on the most recent actuarial valuation at 31 March 2020 and updated by First 
Actuarial in order to assess the liabilities of the scheme at 31 March 2021. Scheme assets are stated at their market value at 31 March 2021. 
The Scheme has been closed to new entrants since 1989. 
The assets of the scheme have been taken at market value and the liabilities have been calculated using the following principal 
actuarial assumptions:
2021 
2020
Inflation
3.3%
2.6%
Salary increases 
n/a
n/a
Rate of discount
1.7%
2.3%
Pension in payment increases
3.2%
2.6%
The mortality assumptions adopted at 31 March 2021 imply the following life expectancies for members currently aged 60: 
Male = 27.8 years 
2021 
£’000
2020
£’000
The fair value of scheme assets are as follows: 
Equities 
2,134
1,693
Gilts 
557
264
Corporate and overseas bonds 
266
252
Absolute return portfolios 
2,173
1,984
Property
152
120
Cash 
315
443
Other 
89
83
5,686
4,839
100.0% of the equities are in quoted equities.
The asset split is approximated using the current fund splits for each manager.
The plan assets do not expose the entity to any significant concentration risk.
2021 
£’000
2020
£’000
Changes in the value of scheme assets over the year 
Market value of assets at start of year 
4,839
5,332
Return on scheme assets 
109
115
Actuarial gain
931
(417)
Employer contributions 
240
240
Benefits paid 
(433)
(431)
Market value of assets at end of year 
5,686
4,839
Notes to the Financial Statements continued
For the year ended 31 March 2021

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
125
23  Pensions continued
Analysis of changes in the value of the defined benefit obligation over the period: 
2021 
£’000
2020
£’000
Value of defined benefit obligation at start of period 
6,936
7,440
Interest cost 
155
159
Benefits paid 
(433)
(431)
Actuarial gains: experience differing from that assumed 
167
83
Actuarial gains: changes in demographic assumptions 
313
–
Actuarial gains: changes in financial assumptions
728
(315)
Value of defined benefit obligation at end of period
7,866
6,936
Sensitivity analysis
Significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefit obligation are discount rate, expected salary increase and 
mortality. The sensitivity analyses below have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions 
occurring at the end of the reporting period, while holding all other assumptions constant. The sensitivity analysis presented above may 
not be representative of the actual change in the defined benefit obligation as it is unlikely that the changes in assumptions would occur in 
isolation of one another as some of the assumptions may be correlated. The RPI inflation assumption sensitivity factors in the impact of 
inflation on the rate of increase in pension in payment assumptions.
Change in 
assumption
Change in defined 
benefit obligation
Assumption 
Discount rate
+/-0.5% pa
-/+5%
RPI inflation
+/-0.5% pa
+4%/-3% 
Assumed life expectancy 
 +1 year
+6% 
Analysis of the amount charged to operating profit: 
2021 
£’000
2020
£’000
Operating profit 
Current service cost
–
–
Analysis of the amount (credited)/charged to finance (income)/costs
Return on pension scheme assets 
(109)
(115)
Interest on pension scheme liabilities 
155
159
Total charge to profit and loss
46
44
Analysis of the movement in the balance sheet deficit:
2021 
£’000
2020
£’000
Deficit in scheme at beginning of year
(2,097)
(2,108)
Movement in year:
Current service cost
–
–
Net interest/return on assets
(46)
(44)
Contributions
240
240
Actuarial loss
(277)
(185)
Deficit in scheme at end of year 
(2,180)
(2,097)
The last active member reached retirement age in May 2013. 
The weighted average maturity profile of the defined benefit obligation at the end of the year is ten years (2020: ten years).
24  Post balance sheet events
There has been no material post balance events between the balance sheet date and the signing of the accounts.

126
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
Supplementary information (unaudited)
Table 1: EPRA Summary
2021
2020
Reference
£’000
Pence per 
share
£’000
Pence per 
share
EPRA Earnings
Table 2
 9,626 
10.21
 10,019 
10.63
EPRA NTA
Table 3
 290,556 
 309 
 310,558 
 329 
EPRA NRV
Table 3
 290,556 
 309 
 310,558 
 329 
EPRA NDV
Table 3
 289,902 
 309 
 309,166 
 327 
EPRA NIY 
Table 4
4.5%
3.8%
EPRA NIY (topped-up)
Table 4
5.2%
5.2%
EPRA Vacancy rate
Table 5
14.6%
11.3%
EPRA Cost Ratio (excluding vacant property costs)
Table 6
25.9%
25.3%
EPRA Cost Ratio (including vacant property costs)
Table 6
31.8%
34.3%
Table 2: EPRA Earnings
Notes
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Earnings per IFRS income statement
(16,450)
8,095
Adjustments to calculate EPRA Earnings:
Movement in revaluation of investment properties
23,356
2,200
Loss/(profit) on disposal of investment properties
2,854
(1,668)
Taxation
(134)
1,392
EPRA Earnings
9,626
10,019
Basic number of shares (000's)
94,292
94,234
EPRA Earnings per share
10.21
10.63
Company specific adjustments:
Share Based Payments (IFRS 2)
489
(222)
Other property income
(157)
(70)
Adjusted earnings
9,959
9,727
Adjusted EPS
10.56
10.32

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
127
Table 3: EPRA Net Asset Measures
In October 2019, the European Public Real Estate Association (“EPRA”) published new Best Practices Recommendations (“BPR”) for 
financial disclosures by public real estate companies. The BPR introduced three new measures of net asset value: EPRA net tangible 
assets (“NTA”), EPRA net reinstatement value (“NRV”) and EPRA net disposal value (“NDV”).
These recommendations are effective for accounting periods starting on 1 January 2020 and have been adopted by the Group in reporting 
the 31 March 2021 position.
EPRA NTA is considered to be most consistent with McKay Securities’ business as a UK REIT providing long-term progressive and 
sustainable returns. EPRA NTA now acts as the primary EPRA measure of net asset value.
A reconciliation of the three new EPRA NAV metrics is shown in the table below. The previously reported EPRA NAV and EPRA NNNAV 
have also been included for comparative purposes.
As at 31 March 2021
Current Measures
Previous Measures
EPRA NTA
£’000
EPRA NRV
£’000
EPRA NDV
£’000
EPRA NAV
£’000
EPRA NNNAV
£’000
Equity attributable to ordinary shareholders
 289,902 
 289,902 
 289,902 
 289,902 
 289,902 
Deferred taxation
–
 – 
 –
 – 
 –
Net assets
 289,902 
 289,902 
 289,902 
 289,902 
 289,902 
Diluted shares (‘000)
 93,946 
 93,946 
 93,946 
 93,946 
 93,946 
Diluted net assets per share (p)
 309 
 309 
 309 
 309 
 309 
As at 31 March 2020
Current Measures
Previous Measures
EPRA NTA
£’000
EPRA NRV
£’000
EPRA NDV
£’000
EPRA NAV
£’000
EPRA NNNAV
£’000
Equity attributable to ordinary shareholders
 309,166 
 309,166 
 309,166 
 309,166 
 309,166 
Deferred taxation
 1,392 
 1,392 
–
 1,392 
–
Net assets
 310,558 
 310,558 
 309,166 
 310,558 
 309,166 
Diluted shares (‘000)
 94,407 
 94,407 
 94,407 
 94,407 
 94,407 
Diluted net assets per share (p)
 329 
 329 
 327 
 329 
 327 
Table 4: EPRA NIY
Notes
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Investment property – wholly owned 
437,900 
510,000 
Investment property – share of JVs/Funds 
–
–
Trading property (including share of JVs) 
–
–
Less: developments 
–
(24,000)
Completed property portfolio
437,900 
486,000 
Allowance for estimated purchasers’ costs
Gross valuation of completed property portfolio
A
437,900 
486,000 
Annualised cash passing rental income 
22,197 
21,897 
Property outgoings 
(2,645)
(3,252)
Annualised net rents 
B
19,552 
18,645 
Adjustment for notional rent and other lease adjustments
3,415 
6,431 
Topped-up net annualised rent 
C
22,967 
25,076 
EPRA NIY
B/A
4.5%
3.8%
EPRA 'topped-up' NIY
C/A
5.2%
5.2%

128
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
Table 5: EPRA Vacancy Rate
Notes
2021
£’m
2020
£’m
Annualised estimated rental value of vacant premises
A
 4.6 
 4.0 
Annualised estimated rental value of the completed property portfolio 
B
 31.5 
 34.9 
EPRA Vacancy Rate
A/B
14.6%
11.3%
Table 6: EPRA Cost Ratio
Notes
2021
£’000
2020
£’000
Administrative expenses
5,175 
5,385 
Net service charge costs
1,191 
986 
Direct vacancy costs
1,454 
2,266 
Management fees
(361)
(293)
Other operating income
– 
– 
EPRA costs (including direct vacancy costs)
A
7,820 
8,637 
Group vacant property costs
(1,454)
(2,266)
EPRA costs (excluding direct vacancy costs)
B
6,366 
6,371 
Gross rental income less ground rents
C
 24,624 
 25,164 
EPRA costs ratio (including vacant property costs)
A / C
31.8%
34.3%
EPRA costs ratio (excluding vacancy property costs)
B / C
25.9%
25.3%
Supplementary information (unaudited) continued

Strategic Report 
Governance
Financial Statements
129
Adjusted EPS 
Earnings per share – based on profits and adjusted to exclude 
certain items as set out in note 8.
 
Adjusted profit before tax 
Profit before tax adjusted to exclude profit from the disposal of 
investment properties, share-based payments, other property 
income, the change in fair value derivatives and the movement in 
revaluation of investment property. These items are excluded on the 
bases that they relate to non-core rental activity as set out in note 4.
Book value 
The amount at which assets and liabilities are reported in 
the accounts.
BREEAM 
Building Research Establishment Environmental Assessment 
Method. An environmental standard that rates the sustainability of 
buildings in the UK.
Carrying value 
The value of an asset based on prior valuation with the addition of 
any subsequent capital expenditure.
Contracted rent 
Rent payable under the terms of a lease, less ground rent, with no 
allowance for the value of incentives granted at lease commencement.
CRC 
Carbon Reduction Commitment. A mandatory emissions reduction 
standard in the UK that covers all forms of energy excluding 
transportation fuels.
Diluted figures 
Reported amount adjusted to include the effects of potential shares 
issuable under employee share schemes.
Dun and Bradstreet 
Provider of business information and risk management insight.
Earnings per share (“EPS”) 
Profit after taxation attributable to ordinary shareholders divided 
by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during 
the year. 
EPC 
Energy Performance Certificate. Certificates carry ratings which 
measure the energy and carbon emission efficiency of the property 
using a grade from an ‘A’ to a ‘G’.
EPRA 
Standard calculation methods for adjusted EPS, NTA, NRV and 
NDV as set out by the European Public Real Estate Association 
(“EPRA”) in their Best Practice and Policy Recommendations.
Equivalent yield (True)
The internal rate of return from an investment property, based on 
the value of the property assuming the current rent passing reverts 
to ERV and assuming the property becomes fully reoccupied over 
time. It assumes that rent is received quarterly in advance.
Estimated Rental Value (“ERV”) 
The valuers estimated amount for which floor space should let on 
the date of valuation on appropriate lease terms net of ground rents 
payable. Also known as MRV.
Extensible Business Reporting Language (“XBRL”) 
A computer language for electronic transmission of business 
and financial information.
Gearing 
Drawn debt to shareholders’ funds.
GRESB 
Global Real Estate Sustainability Benchmark.
Industrial property 
Term used to include light industrial, industrial and distribution 
warehouse property falling within classes B1c, B2 and B8 of the 
Town & Country Planning Use Classes Order. The term does not 
include retail warehousing, falling within class A1 of the Order.
Initial yield 
Net rents payable at the valuation date expressed as a percentage 
of the value of property assets after allowing for notional 
purchasers’ costs.
Interest cover (“ICR”) 
The number of times Group net interest payable is covered by 
adjusted profit before interest and taxation.
Interest rate swap 
A financial instrument where two parties agree to exchange an 
interest rate obligation for a pre-determined amount of time.
IPD/MSCI 
Investment Property Databank. Leading provider of independent 
statistical analysis to the commercial property sector.
Loan to value (“LTV”) 
Drawn debt divided by the value of property assets.
Net asset value (“NAV”) per share 
Total equity divided by the number of ordinary shares in issue at 
the period end.
Net debt 
Total borrowings less cash credit balances.
Portfolio capital return (“PCR”)
The annual valuation movement and realised surpluses/deficits 
from the Company’s directly held investment portfolio expressed as 
a percentage return on the value at the beginning of the period, 
adjusted for acquisitions and capital expenditure.
Property Income Distribution (“PID”) 
PID dividend payments are taxable as letting income in the hands of 
shareholders who pay tax. They are paid after deduction of 
withholding tax at the basic rate. 
Glossary

130
McKay Securities Plc 
Annual Report and Financial Statements 2021
Real Estate Investment Trust (“REIT”) 
A tax efficient structure for the management of property. It must be 
publicly quoted with 75% of its profits and assets derived from a 
qualifying property rental business which is exempt from tax on 
income and gains. 
Rental value growth 
Increase in rental value, as determined at the valuation date, over the 
period on a like-for-like basis. 
Reversion 
Potential uplift in rental value to market rent, as determined at  
the valuation date, likely to arise from a rent review, lease renewal 
or letting.
RPIX 
Retail Price Index excluding mortgage interest. 
Shareholders’ funds 
Total equity of the Company. 
IFRS 16 
The IFRS treatment in respect of letting incentives. It requires the 
Company to offset the value of incentives granted to lessees 
against the total rent due over the length of the lease, or to a break 
clause if earlier. 
Stamp duty land tax 
Government tax levied on certain legal transactions including 
the purchase of property.
Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures 
(“TCFD”)
The TCFDs recommendations are designed to promote 
advancements in the availability and quality of climate-related 
disclosure.
Total property return (“TPR”) 
Valuation surplus/(deficit) plus profit on disposal plus income from 
investment properties divided by the book value.
Total shareholder return (“TSR”) 
The growth in the value of an ordinary share plus dividends 
reinvested during the year expressed as a percentage of the share 
price at the beginning of the year.
True equivalent yield 
The constant capitalisation rate, which, if applied to all cashflows 
from an investment property, including current net reversions and 
such items as voids and expenditure, equates to the market value 
having taken into account notional purchasers’ costs and assuming 
rents paid quarterly in advance.
Weighted average unexpired lease term (“WAULT”) 
The average lease term remaining to expiry across the portfolio 
weighted by rental income. This is also disclosed assuming all break 
clauses are exercised at the earliest date.
Glossary continued

131
Financial calendar
2021 
Annual Report posted to shareholders
2 June 
Annual General Meeting
1 July
Final dividend
22 July
Interim announcement
November
Interim Statement posted to shareholders
November/December
2022
Interim dividend
January
Financial year end
March
Preliminary announcement
May/June
Secretary 
J McKeown ACIS 
Registered office 
20 Greyfriars Road
Reading 
Berkshire RG1 1NL 
Tel: 0118 950 2333 
Registered number 
421479
Website 
www.mckaysecurities.plc.uk 
Auditor 
Deloitte LLP 
London UK
Corporate solicitors 
Slaughter and May 
One Bunhill Row 
London EC1Y 8YY 
Registrar and transfer office 
Equiniti Limited 
Aspect House, Spencer Road 
Lancing 
West Sussex BN99 6DA 
UK: 0371 384 2101* 
Overseas: 44(0) 121 415 7047
Shareholder Information
Enquiries relating to shareholders, such as queries concerning 
notification of change of address, dividend payments and lost 
share certificates, should be made to the Company’s registrars. 
The Company has a share account management and dealing facility  
for all shareholders via Equiniti Limited Shareview. This offers 
shareholders secure access to their account details held on the share 
register to amend address information and payment instructions  
directly, as well as providing a simple and convenient way of buying 
and selling the Company’s ordinary shares. For internet services 
visit  www.shareview.co.uk or the investor relations sections of the 
Company’s website. The Shareview Dealing service is also available 
by telephone on 03456 037 037 between 8.30am and 4.30pm 
Monday to Friday.
The best way to ensure that dividends are receiv ed as quickly as 
possible is to instruct the Company’s registrars to pay them directly 
into a bank or building society account; tax vouchers are then mailed 
to shareholders separately. Dividend mandate forms are available from 
the registrars. This method also avoids the risk of dividend cheques 
being delayed or lost in the post.
Financial information about the Company including the Annual and 
Interim Reports, public announcements and share price data are 
available from the Company’s website at www.mckaysecurities.plc.uk 
and on the internet at www.morningstar.co.uk.
* Lines are open 8.30am to 5.30pm, Monday to Friday, excluding 
Bank Holidays.
Company and Shareholder Information
Cautionary Statement 
This Annual Report and McKay’s website may contain certain 
‘forward-looking statements’ with respect to McKay Securities Plc  
(“the Company”) and the Company’s financial condition, results of its 
operations and business, and certain plans, strategy, objectives, goals 
and expectations with respect to these items and the economies and 
markets in which the Company operates.
Forward-looking statements are sometimes, but not always, identified 
by their use of a date in the future or such works as ‘anticipates’, ‘aims’, 
‘due’, ‘could’, ‘may’, ‘should’, ‘will’, ‘would’, ‘expects’, ‘believes’, ‘intends’, 
‘plans’, ‘targets’, ‘goal’, or ‘estimates’, or, in each case, their negative 
or other variations or comparable terminology. Forward-looking 
statements are not guarantees of future performance by their very 
nature, forward-looking statements are indefinitely unpredictable, 
speculative and involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to 
events and depend on circumstances that will occur in the future. 
 Many of these assumptions, risks and uncertainties relate to factors 
that are beyond the Company’s ability to control or estimate precisely. 
There are a number of such factors that could cause actual results and 
developments to differ materially from those expressed or implied by 
these forward-looking statements. These factors include, but are not 
limited to, changes in the political conditions, economies and markets in 
which the Company operates (including the outcome of the negotiations 
to leave the EU and Covid-19 impacts); changes in the legal, regulatory 
and competition frameworks in which the Company operates; changes 
in the markets from which the Company raises finance; the impact of 
legal or other proceedings against or which affect the Company; 
changes in accounting practices and interpretation of accounting 
standards under IFRS, and changes in interest and exchange rates.
Any forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report or McKay’s 
website, or more subsequently, which are attributable to the Company 
or any other member of the Group, or persons acting on their behalf, are 
expressly qualified in their entirety by the factors referred to above. Each 
forward-looking statement speaks only as of the date it is made. Except 
as required by its legal or statutory obligations, the Company does not 
intend to update any forward-looking statements.
Nothing in this Annual Report or McKay’s website should be construed as 
a profit forecast or an invitation to deal in the securities of the Company.

McKay Securities Plc
20 Greyfriars Road, 
Reading, Berkshire, RG1 1NL
T. 0118 950 2333
www.mckaysecurities.plc.uk